diff --git a/src/difftextwindow.cpp b/src/difftextwindow.cpp index 3b3fed4..7cb62b4 100644 --- a/src/difftextwindow.cpp +++ b/src/difftextwindow.cpp @@ -1,2167 +1,2167 @@ /*************************************************************************** difftextwindow.cpp - description ------------------- begin : Mon Apr 8 2002 copyright : (C) 2002-2007 by Joachim Eibl email : joachim.eibl at gmx.de ***************************************************************************/ /*************************************************************************** * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * * (at your option) any later version. * * * ***************************************************************************/ #include "difftextwindow.h" #include "kdiff3.h" #include "merger.h" #include "options.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include -static QAtomicInt s_runnableCount = 0; +QAtomicInt s_runnableCount = 0; class DiffTextWindowData { public: explicit DiffTextWindowData(DiffTextWindow* p) { m_pDiffTextWindow = p; m_bPaintingAllowed = false; m_pLineData = nullptr; m_size = 0; m_bWordWrap = false; m_delayedDrawTimer = 0; m_pDiff3LineVector = nullptr; m_pManualDiffHelpList = nullptr; m_pOptions = nullptr; m_fastSelectorLine1 = 0; m_fastSelectorNofLines = 0; m_bTriple = 0; m_winIdx = 0; m_firstLine = 0; m_oldFirstLine = 0; m_horizScrollOffset = 0; m_lineNumberWidth = 0; m_maxTextWidth = -1; m_pStatusBar = nullptr; m_scrollDeltaX = 0; m_scrollDeltaY = 0; m_bMyUpdate = false; m_bSelectionInProgress = false; m_pTextCodec = nullptr; #if defined(Q_OS_WIN) m_eLineEndStyle = eLineEndStyleDos; #else m_eLineEndStyle = eLineEndStyleUnix; #endif } DiffTextWindow* m_pDiffTextWindow; DiffTextWindowFrame* m_pDiffTextWindowFrame = nullptr; QTextCodec* m_pTextCodec; e_LineEndStyle m_eLineEndStyle; bool m_bPaintingAllowed; const LineData* m_pLineData; int m_size; QString m_filename; bool m_bWordWrap; int m_delayedDrawTimer; const Diff3LineVector* m_pDiff3LineVector; Diff3WrapLineVector m_diff3WrapLineVector; const ManualDiffHelpList* m_pManualDiffHelpList; class WrapLineCacheData { public: WrapLineCacheData() : m_d3LineIdx(0), m_textStart(0), m_textLength(0) {} WrapLineCacheData(int d3LineIdx, int textStart, int textLength) : m_d3LineIdx(d3LineIdx), m_textStart(textStart), m_textLength(textLength) {} int m_d3LineIdx; int m_textStart; int m_textLength; }; QList> m_wrapLineCacheList; Options* m_pOptions; QColor m_cThis; QColor m_cDiff1; QColor m_cDiff2; QColor m_cDiffBoth; int m_fastSelectorLine1; int m_fastSelectorNofLines; bool m_bTriple; int m_winIdx; int m_firstLine; int m_oldFirstLine; int m_horizScrollOffset; int m_lineNumberWidth; QAtomicInt m_maxTextWidth; void getLineInfo( const Diff3Line& d, int& lineIdx, DiffList*& pFineDiff1, DiffList*& pFineDiff2, // return values int& changed, int& changed2); QString getString(int d3lIdx); QString getLineString(int line); void writeLine( MyPainter& p, const LineData* pld, const DiffList* pLineDiff1, const DiffList* pLineDiff2, int line, int whatChanged, int whatChanged2, int srcLineIdx, int wrapLineOffset, int wrapLineLength, bool bWrapLine, const QRect& invalidRect, int deviceWidth); void draw(MyPainter& p, const QRect& invalidRect, int deviceWidth, int beginLine, int endLine); QStatusBar* m_pStatusBar; Selection m_selection; int m_scrollDeltaX; int m_scrollDeltaY; bool m_bMyUpdate; void myUpdate(int afterMilliSecs); int leftInfoWidth() { return 4 + m_lineNumberWidth; } // Nr of information columns on left side int convertLineOnScreenToLineInSource(int lineOnScreen, e_CoordType coordType, bool bFirstLine); bool m_bSelectionInProgress; QPoint m_lastKnownMousePos; void prepareTextLayout(QTextLayout& textLayout, bool bFirstLine, int visibleTextWidth = -1); }; DiffTextWindow::DiffTextWindow( DiffTextWindowFrame* pParent, QStatusBar* pStatusBar, Options* pOptions, int winIdx) : QWidget(pParent) { setObjectName(QString("DiffTextWindow%1").arg(winIdx)); setAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent); //setAttribute( Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen ); d = new DiffTextWindowData(this); d->m_pDiffTextWindowFrame = pParent; setFocusPolicy(Qt::ClickFocus); setAcceptDrops(true); d->m_pOptions = pOptions; init(nullptr, nullptr, d->m_eLineEndStyle, nullptr, 0, nullptr, nullptr, false); setMinimumSize(QSize(20, 20)); d->m_pStatusBar = pStatusBar; d->m_bPaintingAllowed = true; d->m_bWordWrap = false; d->m_winIdx = winIdx; setFont(d->m_pOptions->m_font); } DiffTextWindow::~DiffTextWindow() { delete d; } void DiffTextWindow::init( const QString& filename, QTextCodec* pTextCodec, e_LineEndStyle eLineEndStyle, const LineData* pLineData, int size, const Diff3LineVector* pDiff3LineVector, const ManualDiffHelpList* pManualDiffHelpList, bool bTriple) { d->m_filename = filename; d->m_pLineData = pLineData; d->m_size = size; d->m_pDiff3LineVector = pDiff3LineVector; d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.clear(); d->m_pManualDiffHelpList = pManualDiffHelpList; d->m_firstLine = 0; d->m_oldFirstLine = -1; d->m_horizScrollOffset = 0; d->m_bTriple = bTriple; d->m_scrollDeltaX = 0; d->m_scrollDeltaY = 0; d->m_bMyUpdate = false; d->m_fastSelectorLine1 = 0; d->m_fastSelectorNofLines = 0; d->m_lineNumberWidth = 0; d->m_maxTextWidth = -1; d->m_pTextCodec = pTextCodec; d->m_eLineEndStyle = eLineEndStyle; update(); d->m_pDiffTextWindowFrame->init(); } void DiffTextWindow::reset() { d->m_pLineData = nullptr; d->m_size = 0; d->m_pDiff3LineVector = nullptr; d->m_filename = ""; d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.clear(); } void DiffTextWindow::setPaintingAllowed(bool bAllowPainting) { if(d->m_bPaintingAllowed != bAllowPainting) { d->m_bPaintingAllowed = bAllowPainting; if(d->m_bPaintingAllowed) update(); else reset(); } } void DiffTextWindow::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* e) { e->setAccepted(e->mimeData()->hasUrls() || e->mimeData()->hasText()); // Note that the corresponding drop is handled in KDiff3App::eventFilter(). } void DiffTextWindow::setFirstLine(int firstLine) { int fontHeight = fontMetrics().lineSpacing(); int newFirstLine = max2(0, firstLine); int deltaY = fontHeight * (d->m_firstLine - newFirstLine); d->m_firstLine = newFirstLine; if(d->m_bSelectionInProgress && d->m_selection.isValidFirstLine()) { int line, pos; convertToLinePos(d->m_lastKnownMousePos.x(), d->m_lastKnownMousePos.y(), line, pos); d->m_selection.end(line, pos); update(); } else { - QWidget::scroll(0, deltaY); + scroll(0, deltaY); } d->m_pDiffTextWindowFrame->setFirstLine(d->m_firstLine); } int DiffTextWindow::getFirstLine() { return d->m_firstLine; } void DiffTextWindow::setHorizScrollOffset(int horizScrollOffset) { int fontWidth = fontMetrics().width('0'); int xOffset = d->leftInfoWidth() * fontWidth; int deltaX = d->m_horizScrollOffset - qMax(0, horizScrollOffset); d->m_horizScrollOffset = qMax(0, horizScrollOffset); QRect r(xOffset, 0, width() - xOffset, height()); if(d->m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage) { deltaX = -deltaX; r = QRect(width() - xOffset - 2, 0, -(width() - xOffset), height()).normalized(); } if(d->m_bSelectionInProgress && d->m_selection.isValidFirstLine()) { int line, pos; convertToLinePos(d->m_lastKnownMousePos.x(), d->m_lastKnownMousePos.y(), line, pos); d->m_selection.end(line, pos); update(); } else { - QWidget::scroll(deltaX, 0, r); + scroll(deltaX, 0, r); } } int DiffTextWindow::getMaxTextWidth() { if(d->m_bWordWrap) { return getVisibleTextAreaWidth(); } else if(getAtomic(d->m_maxTextWidth) < 0) { d->m_maxTextWidth = 0; QTextLayout textLayout(QString(), font(), this); for(int i = 0; i < d->m_size; ++i) { textLayout.clearLayout(); textLayout.setText(d->getString(i)); d->prepareTextLayout(textLayout, true); if(textLayout.maximumWidth() > getAtomic(d->m_maxTextWidth)) d->m_maxTextWidth = textLayout.maximumWidth(); } } return getAtomic(d->m_maxTextWidth); } int DiffTextWindow::getNofLines() { return d->m_bWordWrap ? d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.size() : d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size(); } int DiffTextWindow::convertLineToDiff3LineIdx(int line) { if(line >= 0 && d->m_bWordWrap && d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.size() > 0) return d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[min2(line, (int)d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.size() - 1)].diff3LineIndex; else return line; } int DiffTextWindow::convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(int d3lIdx) { if(d->m_bWordWrap && d->m_pDiff3LineVector != nullptr && d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size() > 0) return (*d->m_pDiff3LineVector)[min2(d3lIdx, (int)d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size() - 1)]->sumLinesNeededForDisplay; else return d3lIdx; } /** Returns a line number where the linerange [line, line+nofLines] can be displayed best. If it fits into the currently visible range then the returned value is the current firstLine. */ int getBestFirstLine(int line, int nofLines, int firstLine, int visibleLines) { int newFirstLine = firstLine; if(line < firstLine || line + nofLines + 2 > firstLine + visibleLines) { if(nofLines > visibleLines || nofLines <= (2 * visibleLines / 3 - 1)) newFirstLine = line - visibleLines / 3; else newFirstLine = line - (visibleLines - nofLines); } return newFirstLine; } void DiffTextWindow::setFastSelectorRange(int line1, int nofLines) { d->m_fastSelectorLine1 = line1; d->m_fastSelectorNofLines = nofLines; if(isVisible()) { int newFirstLine = getBestFirstLine( convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(d->m_fastSelectorLine1), convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(d->m_fastSelectorLine1 + d->m_fastSelectorNofLines) - convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(d->m_fastSelectorLine1), d->m_firstLine, getNofVisibleLines()); if(newFirstLine != d->m_firstLine) { scroll(0, newFirstLine - d->m_firstLine); } update(); } } void DiffTextWindow::showStatusLine(int line) { int d3lIdx = convertLineToDiff3LineIdx(line); if(d->m_pDiff3LineVector != nullptr && d3lIdx >= 0 && d3lIdx < (int)d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size()) { const Diff3Line* pD3l = (*d->m_pDiff3LineVector)[d3lIdx]; if(pD3l != nullptr) { int l = pD3l->getLineInFile(d->m_winIdx); QString s = i18n("File") + " " + d->m_filename; if(l != -1) s += ": " + i18n("Line") + " " + QString::number(l + 1); else s += ": " + i18n("Line not available"); if(d->m_pStatusBar != nullptr) d->m_pStatusBar->showMessage(s); emit lineClicked(d->m_winIdx, l); } } } void DiffTextWindow::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent* e) { emit gotFocus(); QWidget::focusInEvent(e); } void DiffTextWindow::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* e) { if(e->button() == Qt::LeftButton) { int line; int pos; convertToLinePos(e->x(), e->y(), line, pos); int fontWidth = fontMetrics().width('0'); int xOffset = d->leftInfoWidth() * fontWidth; if((!d->m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage && e->x() < xOffset) || (d->m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage && e->x() > width() - xOffset)) { emit setFastSelectorLine(convertLineToDiff3LineIdx(line)); d->m_selection.reset(); // Disable current d->m_selection } else { // Selection resetSelection(); d->m_selection.start(line, pos); d->m_selection.end(line, pos); d->m_bSelectionInProgress = true; d->m_lastKnownMousePos = e->pos(); showStatusLine(line); } } } bool isCTokenChar(QChar c) { return (c == '_') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') || (c >= '0' && c <= '9'); } /// Calculate where a token starts and ends, given the x-position on screen. void calcTokenPos(const QString& s, int posOnScreen, int& pos1, int& pos2, int tabSize) { // Cursor conversions that consider g_tabSize int pos = convertToPosInText(s, max2(0, posOnScreen), tabSize); if(pos >= (int)s.length()) { pos1 = s.length(); pos2 = s.length(); return; } pos1 = pos; pos2 = pos + 1; if(isCTokenChar(s[pos1])) { while(pos1 >= 0 && isCTokenChar(s[pos1])) --pos1; ++pos1; while(pos2 < (int)s.length() && isCTokenChar(s[pos2])) ++pos2; } } void DiffTextWindow::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* e) { d->m_bSelectionInProgress = false; d->m_lastKnownMousePos = e->pos(); if(e->button() == Qt::LeftButton) { int line; int pos; convertToLinePos(e->x(), e->y(), line, pos); // Get the string data of the current line QString s; if(d->m_bWordWrap) { if(line < 0 || line >= (int)d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.size()) return; const Diff3WrapLine& d3wl = d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[line]; s = d->getString(d3wl.diff3LineIndex).mid(d3wl.wrapLineOffset, d3wl.wrapLineLength); } else { if(line < 0 || line >= (int)d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size()) return; s = d->getString(line); } if(!s.isEmpty()) { int pos1, pos2; calcTokenPos(s, pos, pos1, pos2, d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize); resetSelection(); d->m_selection.start(line, convertToPosOnScreen(s, pos1, d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize)); d->m_selection.end(line, convertToPosOnScreen(s, pos2, d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize)); update(); // emit d->m_selectionEnd() happens in the mouseReleaseEvent. showStatusLine(line); } } } void DiffTextWindow::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent* e) { d->m_bSelectionInProgress = false; d->m_lastKnownMousePos = e->pos(); //if ( e->button() == LeftButton ) { if(d->m_delayedDrawTimer) killTimer(d->m_delayedDrawTimer); d->m_delayedDrawTimer = 0; if(d->m_selection.isValidFirstLine()) { emit selectionEnd(); } } d->m_scrollDeltaX = 0; d->m_scrollDeltaY = 0; } inline int sqr(int x) { return x * x; } void DiffTextWindow::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent* e) { int line; int pos; convertToLinePos(e->x(), e->y(), line, pos); d->m_lastKnownMousePos = e->pos(); if(d->m_selection.isValidFirstLine()) { d->m_selection.end(line, pos); showStatusLine(line); // Scroll because mouse moved out of the window const QFontMetrics& fm = fontMetrics(); int fontWidth = fm.width('0'); int deltaX = 0; int deltaY = 0; if(!d->m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage) { if(e->x() < d->leftInfoWidth() * fontWidth) deltaX = -1 - abs(e->x() - d->leftInfoWidth() * fontWidth) / fontWidth; if(e->x() > width()) deltaX = +1 + abs(e->x() - width()) / fontWidth; } else { if(e->x() > width() - 1 - d->leftInfoWidth() * fontWidth) deltaX = +1 + abs(e->x() - (width() - 1 - d->leftInfoWidth() * fontWidth)) / fontWidth; if(e->x() < fontWidth) deltaX = -1 - abs(e->x() - fontWidth) / fontWidth; } if(e->y() < 0) deltaY = -1 - sqr(e->y()) / sqr(fm.lineSpacing()); if(e->y() > height()) deltaY = +1 + sqr(e->y() - height()) / sqr(fm.lineSpacing()); if((deltaX != 0 && d->m_scrollDeltaX != deltaX) || (deltaY != 0 && d->m_scrollDeltaY != deltaY)) { d->m_scrollDeltaX = deltaX; d->m_scrollDeltaY = deltaY; - emit scroll(deltaX, deltaY); + scroll(deltaX, deltaY); if(d->m_delayedDrawTimer) killTimer(d->m_delayedDrawTimer); d->m_delayedDrawTimer = startTimer(50); } else { d->m_scrollDeltaX = deltaX; d->m_scrollDeltaY = deltaY; d->myUpdate(0); } } } void DiffTextWindowData::myUpdate(int afterMilliSecs) { if(m_delayedDrawTimer) m_pDiffTextWindow->killTimer(m_delayedDrawTimer); m_bMyUpdate = true; m_delayedDrawTimer = m_pDiffTextWindow->startTimer(afterMilliSecs); } void DiffTextWindow::timerEvent(QTimerEvent*) { killTimer(d->m_delayedDrawTimer); d->m_delayedDrawTimer = 0; if(d->m_bMyUpdate) { int fontHeight = fontMetrics().lineSpacing(); if(d->m_selection.getOldLastLine() != -1) { int lastLine; int firstLine; if(d->m_selection.getOldFirstLine() != -1) { firstLine = min3(d->m_selection.getOldFirstLine(), d->m_selection.getLastLine(), d->m_selection.getOldLastLine()); lastLine = max3(d->m_selection.getOldFirstLine(), d->m_selection.getLastLine(), d->m_selection.getOldLastLine()); } else { firstLine = min2(d->m_selection.getLastLine(), d->m_selection.getOldLastLine()); lastLine = max2(d->m_selection.getLastLine(), d->m_selection.getOldLastLine()); } int y1 = (firstLine - d->m_firstLine) * fontHeight; int y2 = min2(height(), (lastLine - d->m_firstLine + 1) * fontHeight); if(y1 < height() && y2 > 0) { QRect invalidRect = QRect(0, y1 - 1, width(), y2 - y1 + fontHeight); // Some characters in exotic exceed the regular bottom. update(invalidRect); } } d->m_bMyUpdate = false; } if(d->m_scrollDeltaX != 0 || d->m_scrollDeltaY != 0) { d->m_selection.end(d->m_selection.getLastLine() + d->m_scrollDeltaY, d->m_selection.getLastPos() + d->m_scrollDeltaX); - emit scroll(d->m_scrollDeltaX, d->m_scrollDeltaY); + scroll(d->m_scrollDeltaX, d->m_scrollDeltaY); killTimer(d->m_delayedDrawTimer); d->m_delayedDrawTimer = startTimer(50); } } void DiffTextWindow::resetSelection() { d->m_selection.reset(); update(); } void DiffTextWindow::convertToLinePos(int x, int y, int& line, int& pos) { const QFontMetrics& fm = fontMetrics(); int fontHeight = fm.lineSpacing(); int yOffset = -d->m_firstLine * fontHeight; line = (y - yOffset) / fontHeight; if(line >= 0 && (!d->m_pOptions->m_bWordWrap || line < d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.count())) { QString s = d->getLineString(line); QTextLayout textLayout(s, font(), this); d->prepareTextLayout(textLayout, !d->m_pOptions->m_bWordWrap || d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[line].wrapLineOffset == 0); pos = textLayout.lineAt(0).xToCursor(x - textLayout.position().x()); } else pos = -1; } int Selection::firstPosInLine(int l) { Q_ASSERT(firstLine != -1); int l1 = firstLine; int l2 = lastLine; int p1 = firstPos; int p2 = lastPos; if(l1 > l2) { std::swap(l1, l2); std::swap(p1, p2); } if(l1 == l2 && p1 > p2) { std::swap(p1, p2); } if(l == l1) return p1; return 0; } int Selection::lastPosInLine(int l) { Q_ASSERT(firstLine != -1); int l1 = firstLine; int l2 = lastLine; int p1 = firstPos; int p2 = lastPos; if(l1 > l2) { std::swap(l1, l2); std::swap(p1, p2); } if(l1 == l2 && p1 > p2) { std::swap(p1, p2); } if(l == l2) return p2; return INT_MAX; } bool Selection::within(int l, int p) { if(firstLine == -1) return false; int l1 = firstLine; int l2 = lastLine; int p1 = firstPos; int p2 = lastPos; if(l1 > l2) { std::swap(l1, l2); std::swap(p1, p2); } if(l1 == l2 && p1 > p2) { std::swap(p1, p2); } if(l1 <= l && l <= l2) { if(l1 == l2) return p >= p1 && p < p2; if(l == l1) return p >= p1; if(l == l2) return p < p2; return true; } return false; } bool Selection::lineWithin(int l) { if(firstLine == -1) return false; int l1 = firstLine; int l2 = lastLine; if(l1 > l2) { std::swap(l1, l2); } return (l1 <= l && l <= l2); } class FormatRangeHelper { private: QFont m_font; QPen m_pen; QColor m_background; int m_currentPos; public: QVector m_formatRanges; FormatRangeHelper() { m_pen = QColor(Qt::black); m_background = QColor(Qt::white); m_currentPos = 0; } void setFont(const QFont& f) { m_font = f; } void setPen(const QPen& pen) { m_pen = pen; } void setBackground(const QColor& background) { m_background = background; } void next() { if(m_formatRanges.isEmpty() || m_formatRanges.back().format.foreground().color() != m_pen.color() || m_formatRanges.back().format.background().color() != m_background) { QTextLayout::FormatRange fr; fr.length = 1; fr.start = m_currentPos; fr.format.setForeground(m_pen.color()); fr.format.setBackground(m_background); m_formatRanges.append(fr); } else { ++m_formatRanges.back().length; } ++m_currentPos; } }; void DiffTextWindowData::prepareTextLayout(QTextLayout& textLayout, bool /*bFirstLine*/, int visibleTextWidth) { QTextOption textOption; textOption.setTabStop(QFontMetricsF(m_pDiffTextWindow->font()).width(' ') * m_pOptions->m_tabSize); if(m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpaceCharacters) textOption.setFlags(QTextOption::ShowTabsAndSpaces); if(m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage) textOption.setAlignment(Qt::AlignRight); // only relevant for multi line text layout if(visibleTextWidth >= 0) textOption.setWrapMode(QTextOption::WrapAtWordBoundaryOrAnywhere); textLayout.setTextOption(textOption); if(m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpaceCharacters) { // This additional format is only necessary for the tab arrow QVector formats; QTextLayout::FormatRange formatRange; formatRange.start = 0; formatRange.length = textLayout.text().length(); formatRange.format.setFont(m_pDiffTextWindow->font()); formats.append(formatRange); textLayout.setFormats(formats); } textLayout.beginLayout(); int leading = m_pDiffTextWindow->fontMetrics().leading(); int height = 0; int fontWidth = m_pDiffTextWindow->fontMetrics().width('0'); int xOffset = leftInfoWidth() * fontWidth - m_horizScrollOffset; int textWidth = visibleTextWidth; if(textWidth < 0) textWidth = m_pDiffTextWindow->width() - xOffset; int indentation = 0; while(1) { QTextLine line = textLayout.createLine(); if(!line.isValid()) break; height += leading; //if ( !bFirstLine ) // indentation = m_pDiffTextWindow->fontMetrics().width(' ') * m_pOptions->m_tabSize; if(visibleTextWidth >= 0) { line.setLineWidth(visibleTextWidth - indentation); line.setPosition(QPointF(indentation, height)); height += line.height(); //bFirstLine = false; } else // only one line { line.setPosition(QPointF(indentation, height)); break; } } textLayout.endLayout(); if(m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage) textLayout.setPosition(QPointF(textWidth - textLayout.maximumWidth(), 0)); else textLayout.setPosition(QPointF(xOffset, 0)); } void DiffTextWindowData::writeLine( MyPainter& p, const LineData* pld, const DiffList* pLineDiff1, const DiffList* pLineDiff2, int line, int whatChanged, int whatChanged2, int srcLineIdx, int wrapLineOffset, int wrapLineLength, bool bWrapLine, const QRect& invalidRect, int deviceWidth) { QFont normalFont = p.font(); QFont diffFont = normalFont; //never set //diffFont.setItalic(m_pOptions->m_bItalicForDeltas); const QFontMetrics& fm = p.fontMetrics(); int fontHeight = fm.lineSpacing(); int fontAscent = fm.ascent(); int fontWidth = fm.width('0'); int xOffset = leftInfoWidth() * fontWidth - m_horizScrollOffset; int yOffset = (line - m_firstLine) * fontHeight; QRect lineRect(0, yOffset, deviceWidth, fontHeight); if(!invalidRect.intersects(lineRect)) { return; } int fastSelectorLine1 = m_pDiffTextWindow->convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(m_fastSelectorLine1); int fastSelectorLine2 = m_pDiffTextWindow->convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(m_fastSelectorLine1 + m_fastSelectorNofLines) - 1; bool bFastSelectionRange = (line >= fastSelectorLine1 && line <= fastSelectorLine2); QColor bgColor = m_pOptions->m_bgColor; QColor diffBgColor = m_pOptions->m_diffBgColor; if(bFastSelectionRange) { bgColor = m_pOptions->m_currentRangeBgColor; diffBgColor = m_pOptions->m_currentRangeDiffBgColor; } if(yOffset + fontHeight < invalidRect.top() || invalidRect.bottom() < yOffset - fontHeight) return; int changed = whatChanged; if(pLineDiff1 != nullptr) changed |= 1; if(pLineDiff2 != nullptr) changed |= 2; QColor c = m_pOptions->m_fgColor; p.setPen(c); if(changed == 2) { c = m_cDiff2; } else if(changed == 1) { c = m_cDiff1; } else if(changed == 3) { c = m_cDiffBoth; } if(pld != nullptr) { // First calculate the "changed" information for each character. int i = 0; QString lineString(pld->pLine, pld->size); if(!lineString.isEmpty()) { switch(lineString[lineString.length() - 1].unicode()) { case '\n': lineString[lineString.length() - 1] = 0x00B6; break; // "Pilcrow", "paragraph mark" case '\r': lineString[lineString.length() - 1] = 0x00A4; break; // Currency sign ;0x2761 "curved stem paragraph sign ornament" //case '\0b' : lineString[lineString.length()-1] = 0x2756; break; // some other nice looking character } } QVector charChanged(pld->size); Merger merger(pLineDiff1, pLineDiff2); while(!merger.isEndReached() && i < pld->size) { if(i < pld->size) { charChanged[i] = merger.whatChanged(); ++i; } merger.next(); } int outPos = 0; int lineLength = m_bWordWrap ? wrapLineOffset + wrapLineLength : lineString.length(); FormatRangeHelper frh; for(i = wrapLineOffset; i < lineLength; ++i) { QColor c = m_pOptions->m_fgColor; int cchanged = charChanged[i] | whatChanged; if(cchanged == 2) { c = m_cDiff2; } else if(cchanged == 1) { c = m_cDiff1; } else if(cchanged == 3) { c = m_cDiffBoth; } if(c != m_pOptions->m_fgColor && whatChanged2 == 0 && !m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace) { // The user doesn't want to see highlighted white space. c = m_pOptions->m_fgColor; } //QRect outRect( xOffset + outPixelPos, yOffset, charWidth*spaces, fontHeight ); //if ( m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage ) // outRect = QRect( deviceWidth-1-(xOffset + outPixelPos), yOffset, -charWidth*spaces, fontHeight ).normalized(); //if ( invalidRect.intersects( outRect ) ) { frh.setBackground(bgColor); if(!m_selection.within(line, outPos)) { if(c != m_pOptions->m_fgColor) { QColor lightc = diffBgColor; frh.setBackground(lightc); // Setting italic font here doesn't work: Changing the font only when drawing is too late } frh.setPen(c); frh.next(); frh.setFont(normalFont); } else { frh.setBackground(m_pDiffTextWindow->palette().highlight().color()); frh.setPen(m_pDiffTextWindow->palette().highlightedText().color()); frh.next(); m_selection.bSelectionContainsData = true; } } ++outPos; } // end for QTextLayout textLayout(lineString.mid(wrapLineOffset, lineLength - wrapLineOffset), m_pDiffTextWindow->font(), m_pDiffTextWindow); prepareTextLayout(textLayout, !m_bWordWrap || wrapLineOffset == 0); textLayout.draw(&p, QPoint(0, yOffset), frh.m_formatRanges /*, const QRectF & clip = QRectF() */); } p.fillRect(0, yOffset, leftInfoWidth() * fontWidth, fontHeight, m_pOptions->m_bgColor); xOffset = (m_lineNumberWidth + 2) * fontWidth; int xLeft = m_lineNumberWidth * fontWidth; p.setPen(m_pOptions->m_fgColor); if(pld != nullptr) { if(m_pOptions->m_bShowLineNumbers && !bWrapLine) { QString num; num.sprintf("%0*d", m_lineNumberWidth, srcLineIdx + 1); p.drawText(0, yOffset + fontAscent, num); //p.drawLine( xLeft -1, yOffset, xLeft -1, yOffset+fontHeight-1 ); } if(!bWrapLine || wrapLineLength > 0) { Qt::PenStyle wrapLinePenStyle = Qt::DotLine; p.setPen(QPen(m_pOptions->m_fgColor, 0, bWrapLine ? wrapLinePenStyle : Qt::SolidLine)); p.drawLine(xOffset + 1, yOffset, xOffset + 1, yOffset + fontHeight - 1); p.setPen(QPen(m_pOptions->m_fgColor, 0, Qt::SolidLine)); } } if(c != m_pOptions->m_fgColor && whatChanged2 == 0) //&& whatChanged==0 ) { if(m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace) { p.setBrushOrigin(0, 0); p.fillRect(xLeft, yOffset, fontWidth * 2 - 1, fontHeight, QBrush(c, Qt::Dense5Pattern)); } } else { p.fillRect(xLeft, yOffset, fontWidth * 2 - 1, fontHeight, c == m_pOptions->m_fgColor ? bgColor : c); } if(bFastSelectionRange) { p.fillRect(xOffset + fontWidth - 1, yOffset, 3, fontHeight, m_pOptions->m_fgColor); } // Check if line needs a manual diff help mark ManualDiffHelpList::const_iterator ci; for(ci = m_pManualDiffHelpList->begin(); ci != m_pManualDiffHelpList->end(); ++ci) { const ManualDiffHelpEntry& mdhe = *ci; int rangeLine1 = -1; int rangeLine2 = -1; if(m_winIdx == 1) { rangeLine1 = mdhe.lineA1; rangeLine2 = mdhe.lineA2; } if(m_winIdx == 2) { rangeLine1 = mdhe.lineB1; rangeLine2 = mdhe.lineB2; } if(m_winIdx == 3) { rangeLine1 = mdhe.lineC1; rangeLine2 = mdhe.lineC2; } if(rangeLine1 >= 0 && rangeLine2 >= 0 && srcLineIdx >= rangeLine1 && srcLineIdx <= rangeLine2) { p.fillRect(xOffset - fontWidth, yOffset, fontWidth - 1, fontHeight, m_pOptions->m_manualHelpRangeColor); break; } } } void DiffTextWindow::paintEvent(QPaintEvent* e) { QRect invalidRect = e->rect(); if(invalidRect.isEmpty() || !d->m_bPaintingAllowed) return; if(d->m_pDiff3LineVector == nullptr || (d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.empty() && d->m_bWordWrap)) { QPainter p(this); p.fillRect(invalidRect, d->m_pOptions->m_bgColor); return; } bool bOldSelectionContainsData = d->m_selection.bSelectionContainsData; d->m_selection.bSelectionContainsData = false; int endLine = min2(d->m_firstLine + getNofVisibleLines() + 2, getNofLines()); MyPainter p(this, d->m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage, width(), fontMetrics().width('0')); p.setFont(font()); p.QPainter::fillRect(invalidRect, d->m_pOptions->m_bgColor); d->draw(p, invalidRect, width(), d->m_firstLine, endLine); p.end(); d->m_oldFirstLine = d->m_firstLine; d->m_selection.clearOldSelection(); if(!bOldSelectionContainsData && d->m_selection.selectionContainsData()) emit newSelection(); } void DiffTextWindow::print(MyPainter& p, const QRect&, int firstLine, int nofLinesPerPage) { if(d->m_pDiff3LineVector == nullptr || !d->m_bPaintingAllowed || (d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.empty() && d->m_bWordWrap)) return; resetSelection(); int oldFirstLine = d->m_firstLine; d->m_firstLine = firstLine; QRect invalidRect = QRect(0, 0, 1000000000, 1000000000); QColor bgColor = d->m_pOptions->m_bgColor; d->m_pOptions->m_bgColor = Qt::white; d->draw(p, invalidRect, p.window().width(), firstLine, min2(firstLine + nofLinesPerPage, getNofLines())); d->m_pOptions->m_bgColor = bgColor; d->m_firstLine = oldFirstLine; } void DiffTextWindowData::draw(MyPainter& p, const QRect& invalidRect, int deviceWidth, int beginLine, int endLine) { m_lineNumberWidth = m_pOptions->m_bShowLineNumbers ? (int)log10((double)qMax(m_size, 1)) + 1 : 0; if(m_winIdx == 1) { m_cThis = m_pOptions->m_colorA; m_cDiff1 = m_pOptions->m_colorB; m_cDiff2 = m_pOptions->m_colorC; } if(m_winIdx == 2) { m_cThis = m_pOptions->m_colorB; m_cDiff1 = m_pOptions->m_colorC; m_cDiff2 = m_pOptions->m_colorA; } if(m_winIdx == 3) { m_cThis = m_pOptions->m_colorC; m_cDiff1 = m_pOptions->m_colorA; m_cDiff2 = m_pOptions->m_colorB; } m_cDiffBoth = m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict; // Conflict color p.setPen(m_cThis); for(int line = beginLine; line < endLine; ++line) { int wrapLineOffset = 0; int wrapLineLength = 0; const Diff3Line* d3l = nullptr; bool bWrapLine = false; if(m_bWordWrap) { Diff3WrapLine& d3wl = m_diff3WrapLineVector[line]; wrapLineOffset = d3wl.wrapLineOffset; wrapLineLength = d3wl.wrapLineLength; d3l = d3wl.pD3L; bWrapLine = line > 0 && m_diff3WrapLineVector[line - 1].pD3L == d3l; } else { d3l = (*m_pDiff3LineVector)[line]; } DiffList* pFineDiff1; DiffList* pFineDiff2; int changed = 0; int changed2 = 0; int srcLineIdx = -1; getLineInfo(*d3l, srcLineIdx, pFineDiff1, pFineDiff2, changed, changed2); writeLine( p, // QPainter srcLineIdx == -1 ? nullptr : &m_pLineData[srcLineIdx], // Text in this line pFineDiff1, pFineDiff2, line, // Line on the screen changed, changed2, srcLineIdx, wrapLineOffset, wrapLineLength, bWrapLine, invalidRect, deviceWidth); } } QString DiffTextWindowData::getString(int d3lIdx) { if(d3lIdx < 0 || d3lIdx >= (int)m_pDiff3LineVector->size()) return QString(); const Diff3Line* d3l = (*m_pDiff3LineVector)[d3lIdx]; DiffList* pFineDiff1; DiffList* pFineDiff2; int changed = 0; int changed2 = 0; int lineIdx; getLineInfo(*d3l, lineIdx, pFineDiff1, pFineDiff2, changed, changed2); if(lineIdx == -1) return QString(); else { const LineData* ld = &m_pLineData[lineIdx]; return QString(ld->pLine, ld->size); } return QString(); } QString DiffTextWindowData::getLineString(int line) { if(m_bWordWrap) { if(line < m_diff3WrapLineVector.count()) { int d3LIdx = m_pDiffTextWindow->convertLineToDiff3LineIdx(line); return getString(d3LIdx).mid(m_diff3WrapLineVector[line].wrapLineOffset, m_diff3WrapLineVector[line].wrapLineLength); } else return QString(); } else { return getString(line); } } void DiffTextWindowData::getLineInfo( const Diff3Line& d3l, int& lineIdx, DiffList*& pFineDiff1, DiffList*& pFineDiff2, // return values int& changed, int& changed2) { changed = 0; changed2 = 0; bool bAEqB = d3l.bAEqB || (d3l.bWhiteLineA && d3l.bWhiteLineB); bool bAEqC = d3l.bAEqC || (d3l.bWhiteLineA && d3l.bWhiteLineC); bool bBEqC = d3l.bBEqC || (d3l.bWhiteLineB && d3l.bWhiteLineC); Q_ASSERT(m_winIdx >= 1 && m_winIdx <= 3); if(m_winIdx == 1) { lineIdx = d3l.lineA; pFineDiff1 = d3l.pFineAB; pFineDiff2 = d3l.pFineCA; changed |= ((d3l.lineB == -1) != (lineIdx == -1) ? 1 : 0) + ((d3l.lineC == -1) != (lineIdx == -1) && m_bTriple ? 2 : 0); changed2 |= (bAEqB ? 0 : 1) + (bAEqC || !m_bTriple ? 0 : 2); } else if(m_winIdx == 2) { lineIdx = d3l.lineB; pFineDiff1 = d3l.pFineBC; pFineDiff2 = d3l.pFineAB; changed |= ((d3l.lineC == -1) != (lineIdx == -1) && m_bTriple ? 1 : 0) + ((d3l.lineA == -1) != (lineIdx == -1) ? 2 : 0); changed2 |= (bBEqC || !m_bTriple ? 0 : 1) + (bAEqB ? 0 : 2); } else if(m_winIdx == 3) { lineIdx = d3l.lineC; pFineDiff1 = d3l.pFineCA; pFineDiff2 = d3l.pFineBC; changed |= ((d3l.lineA == -1) != (lineIdx == -1) ? 1 : 0) + ((d3l.lineB == -1) != (lineIdx == -1) ? 2 : 0); changed2 |= (bAEqC ? 0 : 1) + (bBEqC ? 0 : 2); } } void DiffTextWindow::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent* e) { QSize s = e->size(); QFontMetrics fm = fontMetrics(); int visibleLines = s.height() / fm.lineSpacing() - 2; int visibleColumns = s.width() / fm.width('0') - d->leftInfoWidth(); if(e->size().height() != e->oldSize().height()) emit resizeHeightChangedSignal(visibleLines); if(e->size().width() != e->oldSize().width()) emit resizeWidthChangedSignal(visibleColumns); QWidget::resizeEvent(e); } int DiffTextWindow::getNofVisibleLines() { QFontMetrics fm = fontMetrics(); int fmh = fm.lineSpacing(); int h = height(); return h / fmh - 1; } int DiffTextWindow::getVisibleTextAreaWidth() { QFontMetrics fm = fontMetrics(); return width() - d->leftInfoWidth() * fm.width('0'); } QString DiffTextWindow::getSelection() { if(d->m_pLineData == nullptr) return QString(); QString selectionString; int line = 0; int lineIdx = 0; int it; int vectorSize = d->m_bWordWrap ? d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.size() : d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size(); for(it = 0; it < vectorSize; ++it) { const Diff3Line* d3l = d->m_bWordWrap ? d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[it].pD3L : (*d->m_pDiff3LineVector)[it]; Q_ASSERT(d->m_winIdx >= 1 && d->m_winIdx <= 3); if(d->m_winIdx == 1) { lineIdx = d3l->lineA; } else if(d->m_winIdx == 2) { lineIdx = d3l->lineB; } else if(d->m_winIdx == 3) { lineIdx = d3l->lineC; } if(lineIdx != -1) { const QChar* pLine = d->m_pLineData[lineIdx].pLine; int size = d->m_pLineData[lineIdx].size; QString lineString = QString(pLine, size); if(d->m_bWordWrap) { size = d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[it].wrapLineLength; lineString = lineString.mid(d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[it].wrapLineOffset, size); } for(int i = 0; i < size; ++i) { if(d->m_selection.within(line, i)) { selectionString += lineString[i]; } } if(d->m_selection.within(line, size) && !(d->m_bWordWrap && it + 1 < vectorSize && d3l == d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[it + 1].pD3L)) { #if defined(Q_OS_WIN) selectionString += '\r'; #endif selectionString += '\n'; } } ++line; } return selectionString; } bool DiffTextWindow::findString(const QString& s, int& d3vLine, int& posInLine, bool bDirDown, bool bCaseSensitive) { int it = d3vLine; int endIt = bDirDown ? (int)d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size() : -1; int step = bDirDown ? 1 : -1; int startPos = posInLine; for(; it != endIt; it += step) { QString line = d->getString(it); if(!line.isEmpty()) { int pos = line.indexOf(s, startPos, bCaseSensitive ? Qt::CaseSensitive : Qt::CaseInsensitive); if(pos != -1) { d3vLine = it; posInLine = pos; return true; } startPos = 0; } } return false; } void DiffTextWindow::convertD3LCoordsToLineCoords(int d3LIdx, int d3LPos, int& line, int& pos) { if(d->m_bWordWrap) { int wrapPos = d3LPos; int wrapLine = convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(d3LIdx); while(wrapPos > d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[wrapLine].wrapLineLength) { wrapPos -= d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[wrapLine].wrapLineLength; ++wrapLine; } pos = wrapPos; line = wrapLine; } else { pos = d3LPos; line = d3LIdx; } } void DiffTextWindow::convertLineCoordsToD3LCoords(int line, int pos, int& d3LIdx, int& d3LPos) { if(d->m_bWordWrap) { d3LPos = pos; d3LIdx = convertLineToDiff3LineIdx(line); int wrapLine = convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(d3LIdx); // First wrap line belonging to this d3LIdx while(wrapLine < line) { d3LPos += d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[wrapLine].wrapLineLength; ++wrapLine; } } else { d3LPos = pos; d3LIdx = line; } } void DiffTextWindow::setSelection(int firstLine, int startPos, int lastLine, int endPos, int& l, int& p) { d->m_selection.reset(); if(lastLine >= getNofLines()) { lastLine = getNofLines() - 1; const Diff3Line* d3l = (*d->m_pDiff3LineVector)[convertLineToDiff3LineIdx(lastLine)]; int line = -1; if(d->m_winIdx == 1) line = d3l->lineA; if(d->m_winIdx == 2) line = d3l->lineB; if(d->m_winIdx == 3) line = d3l->lineC; if(line >= 0) endPos = d->m_pLineData[line].width(d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize); } if(d->m_bWordWrap && d->m_pDiff3LineVector != nullptr) { QString s1 = d->getString(firstLine); int firstWrapLine = convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(firstLine); int wrapStartPos = startPos; while(wrapStartPos > d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[firstWrapLine].wrapLineLength) { wrapStartPos -= d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[firstWrapLine].wrapLineLength; s1 = s1.mid(d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[firstWrapLine].wrapLineLength); ++firstWrapLine; } QString s2 = d->getString(lastLine); int lastWrapLine = convertDiff3LineIdxToLine(lastLine); int wrapEndPos = endPos; while(wrapEndPos > d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[lastWrapLine].wrapLineLength) { wrapEndPos -= d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[lastWrapLine].wrapLineLength; s2 = s2.mid(d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[lastWrapLine].wrapLineLength); ++lastWrapLine; } d->m_selection.start(firstWrapLine, convertToPosOnScreen(s1, wrapStartPos, d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize)); d->m_selection.end(lastWrapLine, convertToPosOnScreen(s2, wrapEndPos, d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize)); l = firstWrapLine; p = wrapStartPos; } else { if(d->m_pDiff3LineVector != nullptr){ d->m_selection.start(firstLine, convertToPosOnScreen(d->getString(firstLine), startPos, d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize)); d->m_selection.end(lastLine, convertToPosOnScreen(d->getString(lastLine), endPos, d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize)); l = firstLine; p = startPos; } } update(); } int DiffTextWindowData::convertLineOnScreenToLineInSource(int lineOnScreen, e_CoordType coordType, bool bFirstLine) { int line = -1; if(lineOnScreen >= 0) { if(coordType == eWrapCoords) return lineOnScreen; int d3lIdx = m_pDiffTextWindow->convertLineToDiff3LineIdx(lineOnScreen); if(!bFirstLine && d3lIdx >= (int)m_pDiff3LineVector->size()) d3lIdx = m_pDiff3LineVector->size() - 1; if(coordType == eD3LLineCoords) return d3lIdx; while(line < 0 && d3lIdx < (int)m_pDiff3LineVector->size() && d3lIdx >= 0) { const Diff3Line* d3l = (*m_pDiff3LineVector)[d3lIdx]; if(m_winIdx == 1) line = d3l->lineA; if(m_winIdx == 2) line = d3l->lineB; if(m_winIdx == 3) line = d3l->lineC; if(bFirstLine) ++d3lIdx; else --d3lIdx; } if(coordType == eFileCoords) return line; } return line; } void DiffTextWindow::getSelectionRange(int* pFirstLine, int* pLastLine, e_CoordType coordType) { if(pFirstLine) *pFirstLine = d->convertLineOnScreenToLineInSource(d->m_selection.beginLine(), coordType, true); if(pLastLine) *pLastLine = d->convertLineOnScreenToLineInSource(d->m_selection.endLine(), coordType, false); } void DiffTextWindow::convertSelectionToD3LCoords() { if(d->m_pDiff3LineVector == nullptr || !d->m_bPaintingAllowed || !isVisible() || d->m_selection.isEmpty()) { return; } // convert the d->m_selection to unwrapped coordinates: Later restore to new coords int firstD3LIdx, firstD3LPos; QString s = d->getLineString(d->m_selection.beginLine()); int firstPosInText = convertToPosInText(s, d->m_selection.beginPos(), d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize); convertLineCoordsToD3LCoords(d->m_selection.beginLine(), firstPosInText, firstD3LIdx, firstD3LPos); int lastD3LIdx, lastD3LPos; s = d->getLineString(d->m_selection.endLine()); int lastPosInText = convertToPosInText(s, d->m_selection.endPos(), d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize); convertLineCoordsToD3LCoords(d->m_selection.endLine(), lastPosInText, lastD3LIdx, lastD3LPos); d->m_selection.start(firstD3LIdx, firstD3LPos); d->m_selection.end(lastD3LIdx, lastD3LPos); } int s_maxNofRunnables = 0; class RecalcWordWrapRunnable : public QRunnable { DiffTextWindow* m_pDTW; // DiffTextWindowData* m_pDTWData; // TODO unused? int m_visibleTextWidth; int m_cacheIdx; public: RecalcWordWrapRunnable(DiffTextWindow* p, DiffTextWindowData* pData, int visibleTextWidth, int cacheIdx) : m_pDTW(p), /* m_pDTWData(pData),*/ m_visibleTextWidth(visibleTextWidth), m_cacheIdx(cacheIdx) { Q_UNUSED(pData) // TODO really unused? setAutoDelete(true); //++s_runnableCount; // in Qt>=5.3 only s_runnableCount.fetchAndAddOrdered(1); } void run() override { m_pDTW->recalcWordWrapHelper(0, m_visibleTextWidth, m_cacheIdx); // int newValue = --s_runnableCount; // in Qt>=5.3 only int newValue = s_runnableCount.fetchAndAddOrdered(-1) - 1; g_pProgressDialog->setCurrent(s_maxNofRunnables - getAtomic(s_runnableCount)); if(newValue == 0) { QWidget* p = m_pDTW; while(p) { p = p->parentWidget(); if(KDiff3App* pKDiff3App = dynamic_cast(p)) { QMetaObject::invokeMethod(pKDiff3App, "slotFinishRecalcWordWrap", Qt::QueuedConnection); break; } } } } }; -static QList s_runnables; +QList s_runnables; bool startRunnables() { if(s_runnables.count() == 0) { return false; } else { g_pProgressDialog->setStayHidden(true); g_pProgressDialog->push(); g_pProgressDialog->setMaxNofSteps(s_runnables.count()); s_maxNofRunnables = s_runnables.count(); g_pProgressDialog->setCurrent(0); for(int i = 0; i < s_runnables.count(); ++i) { QThreadPool::globalInstance()->start(s_runnables[i]); } s_runnables.clear(); return true; } } - -static const int s_linesPerRunnable = 2000; +// Use conexpr when supported. QT +const int s_linesPerRunnable = 2000; void DiffTextWindow::recalcWordWrap(bool bWordWrap, int wrapLineVectorSize, int visibleTextWidth) { if(d->m_pDiff3LineVector == nullptr || !isVisible()) { d->m_bWordWrap = bWordWrap; if(!bWordWrap) d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.resize(0); return; } d->m_bWordWrap = bWordWrap; if(bWordWrap) { d->m_lineNumberWidth = d->m_pOptions->m_bShowLineNumbers ? (int)log10((double)qMax(d->m_size, 1)) + 1 : 0; d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.resize(wrapLineVectorSize); if(wrapLineVectorSize == 0) d->m_wrapLineCacheList.clear(); if(wrapLineVectorSize == 0) { d->m_bPaintingAllowed = false; for(int i = 0, j = 0; i < d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size(); i += s_linesPerRunnable, ++j) //int i=0; { d->m_wrapLineCacheList.append(QVector()); s_runnables.push_back(new RecalcWordWrapRunnable(this, d, visibleTextWidth, j)); } //recalcWordWrap( bWordWrap, wrapLineVectorSize, visibleTextWidth, 0 ); } else { recalcWordWrapHelper(wrapLineVectorSize, visibleTextWidth, 0); d->m_bPaintingAllowed = true; } } else { if(wrapLineVectorSize == 0 && getAtomic(d->m_maxTextWidth) < 0) { d->m_diff3WrapLineVector.resize(0); d->m_wrapLineCacheList.clear(); d->m_bPaintingAllowed = false; for(int i = 0, j = 0; i < d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size(); i += s_linesPerRunnable, ++j) { s_runnables.push_back(new RecalcWordWrapRunnable(this, d, visibleTextWidth, j)); } } else { d->m_bPaintingAllowed = true; } } } void DiffTextWindow::recalcWordWrapHelper(int wrapLineVectorSize, int visibleTextWidth, int cacheListIdx) { if(d->m_bWordWrap) { if(g_pProgressDialog->wasCancelled()) return; if(visibleTextWidth < 0) visibleTextWidth = getVisibleTextAreaWidth(); else visibleTextWidth -= d->leftInfoWidth() * fontMetrics().width('0'); int i; int wrapLineIdx = 0; int size = d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size(); int firstD3LineIdx = wrapLineVectorSize > 0 ? 0 : cacheListIdx * s_linesPerRunnable; int endIdx = wrapLineVectorSize > 0 ? size : qMin(firstD3LineIdx + s_linesPerRunnable, size); QVector& wrapLineCache = d->m_wrapLineCacheList[cacheListIdx]; int cacheListIdx2 = 0; QTextLayout textLayout(QString(), font(), this); for(i = firstD3LineIdx; i < endIdx; ++i) { if(g_pProgressDialog->wasCancelled()) return; int linesNeeded = 0; if(wrapLineVectorSize == 0) { QString s = d->getString(i); textLayout.clearLayout(); textLayout.setText(s); d->prepareTextLayout(textLayout, true, visibleTextWidth); linesNeeded = textLayout.lineCount(); for(int l = 0; l < linesNeeded; ++l) { QTextLine line = textLayout.lineAt(l); wrapLineCache.push_back(DiffTextWindowData::WrapLineCacheData(i, line.textStart(), line.textLength())); } } else if(wrapLineVectorSize > 0 && cacheListIdx2 < d->m_wrapLineCacheList.count()) { DiffTextWindowData::WrapLineCacheData* pWrapLineCache = d->m_wrapLineCacheList[cacheListIdx2].data(); int cacheIdx = 0; int clc = d->m_wrapLineCacheList.count() - 1; int cllc = d->m_wrapLineCacheList.last().count(); int curCount = d->m_wrapLineCacheList[cacheListIdx2].count() - 1; int l = 0; while((cacheListIdx2 < clc || (cacheListIdx2 == clc && cacheIdx < cllc)) && pWrapLineCache->m_d3LineIdx <= i) { if(pWrapLineCache->m_d3LineIdx == i) { Diff3WrapLine* pDiff3WrapLine = &d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[wrapLineIdx + l]; pDiff3WrapLine->wrapLineOffset = pWrapLineCache->m_textStart; pDiff3WrapLine->wrapLineLength = pWrapLineCache->m_textLength; ++l; } if(cacheIdx < curCount) { ++cacheIdx; ++pWrapLineCache; } else { ++cacheListIdx2; if(cacheListIdx2 >= d->m_wrapLineCacheList.count()) break; pWrapLineCache = d->m_wrapLineCacheList[cacheListIdx2].data(); curCount = d->m_wrapLineCacheList[cacheListIdx2].count(); cacheIdx = 0; } } linesNeeded = l; } Diff3Line& d3l = *(*d->m_pDiff3LineVector)[i]; if(d3l.linesNeededForDisplay < linesNeeded) { Q_ASSERT(wrapLineVectorSize == 0); d3l.linesNeededForDisplay = linesNeeded; } if(wrapLineVectorSize > 0) { int j; for(j = 0; j < d3l.linesNeededForDisplay; ++j, ++wrapLineIdx) { Diff3WrapLine& d3wl = d->m_diff3WrapLineVector[wrapLineIdx]; d3wl.diff3LineIndex = i; d3wl.pD3L = (*d->m_pDiff3LineVector)[i]; if(j >= linesNeeded) { d3wl.wrapLineOffset = 0; d3wl.wrapLineLength = 0; } } } } if(wrapLineVectorSize > 0) { d->m_firstLine = min2(d->m_firstLine, wrapLineVectorSize - 1); d->m_horizScrollOffset = 0; d->m_pDiffTextWindowFrame->setFirstLine(d->m_firstLine); } } else // no word wrap, just calc the maximum text width { if(g_pProgressDialog->wasCancelled()) return; int size = d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size(); int firstD3LineIdx = cacheListIdx * s_linesPerRunnable; int endIdx = qMin(firstD3LineIdx + s_linesPerRunnable, size); int maxTextWidth = getAtomic(d->m_maxTextWidth); // current value QTextLayout textLayout(QString(), font(), this); for(int i = firstD3LineIdx; i < endIdx; ++i) { if(g_pProgressDialog->wasCancelled()) return; textLayout.clearLayout(); textLayout.setText(d->getString(i)); d->prepareTextLayout(textLayout, true); if(textLayout.maximumWidth() > maxTextWidth) maxTextWidth = textLayout.maximumWidth(); } for(;;) { int prevMaxTextWidth = d->m_maxTextWidth.fetchAndStoreOrdered(maxTextWidth); if(prevMaxTextWidth <= maxTextWidth) break; maxTextWidth = prevMaxTextWidth; } } if(!d->m_selection.isEmpty() && (!d->m_bWordWrap || wrapLineVectorSize > 0)) { // Assume unwrapped coordinates //( Why? ->Conversion to unwrapped coords happened a few lines above in this method. // Also see KDiff3App::recalcWordWrap() on the role of wrapLineVectorSize) // Wrap them now. // convert the d->m_selection to unwrapped coordinates. int firstLine, firstPos; convertD3LCoordsToLineCoords(d->m_selection.beginLine(), d->m_selection.beginPos(), firstLine, firstPos); int lastLine, lastPos; convertD3LCoordsToLineCoords(d->m_selection.endLine(), d->m_selection.endPos(), lastLine, lastPos); d->m_selection.start(firstLine, convertToPosOnScreen(d->getLineString(firstLine), firstPos, d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize)); d->m_selection.end(lastLine, convertToPosOnScreen(d->getLineString(lastLine), lastPos, d->m_pOptions->m_tabSize)); } } class DiffTextWindowFrameData { public: DiffTextWindow* m_pDiffTextWindow; QLineEdit* m_pFileSelection; QPushButton* m_pBrowseButton; Options* m_pOptions; QLabel* m_pLabel; QLabel* m_pTopLine; QLabel* m_pEncoding; QLabel* m_pLineEndStyle; QWidget* m_pTopLineWidget; int m_winIdx; }; DiffTextWindowFrame::DiffTextWindowFrame(QWidget* pParent, QStatusBar* pStatusBar, Options* pOptions, int winIdx, SourceData* psd) : QWidget(pParent) { d = new DiffTextWindowFrameData; d->m_winIdx = winIdx; setAutoFillBackground(true); d->m_pOptions = pOptions; d->m_pTopLineWidget = new QWidget(this); d->m_pFileSelection = new QLineEdit(d->m_pTopLineWidget); d->m_pBrowseButton = new QPushButton("...", d->m_pTopLineWidget); d->m_pBrowseButton->setFixedWidth(30); connect(d->m_pBrowseButton, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &DiffTextWindowFrame::slotBrowseButtonClicked); connect(d->m_pFileSelection, &QLineEdit::returnPressed, this, &DiffTextWindowFrame::slotReturnPressed); d->m_pLabel = new QLabel("A:", d->m_pTopLineWidget); d->m_pTopLine = new QLabel(d->m_pTopLineWidget); d->m_pDiffTextWindow = nullptr; d->m_pDiffTextWindow = new DiffTextWindow(this, pStatusBar, pOptions, winIdx); QVBoxLayout* pVTopLayout = new QVBoxLayout(d->m_pTopLineWidget); pVTopLayout->setMargin(2); pVTopLayout->setSpacing(0); QHBoxLayout* pHL = new QHBoxLayout(); QHBoxLayout* pHL2 = new QHBoxLayout(); pVTopLayout->addLayout(pHL); pVTopLayout->addLayout(pHL2); // Upper line: pHL->setMargin(0); pHL->setSpacing(2); pHL->addWidget(d->m_pLabel, 0); pHL->addWidget(d->m_pFileSelection, 1); pHL->addWidget(d->m_pBrowseButton, 0); pHL->addWidget(d->m_pTopLine, 0); // Lower line pHL2->setMargin(0); pHL2->setSpacing(2); pHL2->addWidget(d->m_pTopLine, 0); d->m_pEncoding = new EncodingLabel(i18n("Encoding:"), this, psd, pOptions); d->m_pLineEndStyle = new QLabel(i18n("Line end style:")); pHL2->addWidget(d->m_pEncoding); pHL2->addWidget(d->m_pLineEndStyle); QVBoxLayout* pVL = new QVBoxLayout(this); pVL->setMargin(0); pVL->setSpacing(0); pVL->addWidget(d->m_pTopLineWidget, 0); pVL->addWidget(d->m_pDiffTextWindow, 1); d->m_pDiffTextWindow->installEventFilter(this); d->m_pFileSelection->installEventFilter(this); d->m_pBrowseButton->installEventFilter(this); init(); } DiffTextWindowFrame::~DiffTextWindowFrame() { delete d; } void DiffTextWindowFrame::init() { DiffTextWindow* pDTW = d->m_pDiffTextWindow; if(pDTW) { QString s = QDir::toNativeSeparators(pDTW->d->m_filename); d->m_pFileSelection->setText(s); QString winId = pDTW->d->m_winIdx == 1 ? (pDTW->d->m_bTriple ? "A (Base)" : "A") : (pDTW->d->m_winIdx == 2 ? "B" : "C"); d->m_pLabel->setText(winId + ":"); d->m_pEncoding->setText(i18n("Encoding:") + " " + (pDTW->d->m_pTextCodec != nullptr ? pDTW->d->m_pTextCodec->name() : QString())); d->m_pLineEndStyle->setText(i18n("Line end style:") + " " + (pDTW->d->m_eLineEndStyle == eLineEndStyleDos ? i18n("DOS") : i18n("Unix"))); } } // Search for the first visible line (search loop needed when no line exist for this file.) int DiffTextWindow::calcTopLineInFile(int firstLine) { int l = -1; for(int i = convertLineToDiff3LineIdx(firstLine); i < (int)d->m_pDiff3LineVector->size(); ++i) { const Diff3Line* d3l = (*d->m_pDiff3LineVector)[i]; l = d3l->getLineInFile(d->m_winIdx); if(l != -1) break; } return l; } void DiffTextWindowFrame::setFirstLine(int firstLine) { DiffTextWindow* pDTW = d->m_pDiffTextWindow; if(pDTW && pDTW->d->m_pDiff3LineVector) { QString s = i18n("Top line"); int lineNumberWidth = (int)log10((double)qMax(pDTW->d->m_size, 1)) + 1; int l = pDTW->calcTopLineInFile(firstLine); int w = d->m_pTopLine->fontMetrics().width( s + " " + QString().fill('0', lineNumberWidth)); d->m_pTopLine->setMinimumWidth(w); if(l == -1) s = i18n("End"); else s += " " + QString::number(l + 1); d->m_pTopLine->setText(s); d->m_pTopLine->repaint(); } } DiffTextWindow* DiffTextWindowFrame::getDiffTextWindow() { return d->m_pDiffTextWindow; } bool DiffTextWindowFrame::eventFilter(QObject* o, QEvent* e) { DiffTextWindow* pDTW = d->m_pDiffTextWindow; if(e->type() == QEvent::FocusIn || e->type() == QEvent::FocusOut) { QColor c1 = d->m_pOptions->m_bgColor; QColor c2; if(d->m_winIdx == 1) c2 = d->m_pOptions->m_colorA; else if(d->m_winIdx == 2) c2 = d->m_pOptions->m_colorB; else if(d->m_winIdx == 3) c2 = d->m_pOptions->m_colorC; QPalette p = d->m_pTopLineWidget->palette(); if(e->type() == QEvent::FocusOut) std::swap(c1, c2); p.setColor(QPalette::Window, c2); setPalette(p); p.setColor(QPalette::WindowText, c1); d->m_pLabel->setPalette(p); d->m_pTopLine->setPalette(p); d->m_pEncoding->setPalette(p); d->m_pLineEndStyle->setPalette(p); } if(o == d->m_pFileSelection && e->type() == QEvent::Drop) { QDropEvent* d = static_cast(e); if(d->mimeData()->hasUrls()) { QList lst = d->mimeData()->urls(); if(lst.count() > 0) { static_cast(o)->setText(lst[0].toString()); static_cast(o)->setFocus(); emit fileNameChanged(lst[0].toString(), pDTW->d->m_winIdx); return true; } } } return false; } void DiffTextWindowFrame::slotReturnPressed() { DiffTextWindow* pDTW = d->m_pDiffTextWindow; if(pDTW->d->m_filename != d->m_pFileSelection->text()) { emit fileNameChanged(d->m_pFileSelection->text(), pDTW->d->m_winIdx); } } void DiffTextWindowFrame::slotBrowseButtonClicked() { QString current = d->m_pFileSelection->text(); QUrl newURL = QFileDialog::getOpenFileUrl(this, i18n("Open File"), QUrl::fromUserInput(current, QString(), QUrl::AssumeLocalFile)); if(!newURL.isEmpty()) { DiffTextWindow* pDTW = d->m_pDiffTextWindow; emit fileNameChanged(newURL.url(), pDTW->d->m_winIdx); } } void DiffTextWindowFrame::sendEncodingChangedSignal(QTextCodec* c) { emit encodingChanged(c); } EncodingLabel::EncodingLabel(const QString& text, DiffTextWindowFrame* pDiffTextWindowFrame, SourceData* pSD, Options* pOptions) : QLabel(text) { m_pDiffTextWindowFrame = pDiffTextWindowFrame; m_pOptions = pOptions; m_pSourceData = pSD; m_pContextEncodingMenu = nullptr; setMouseTracking(true); } void EncodingLabel::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent*) { // When there is no data to display or it came from clipboard, // we will be use UTF-8 only, // in that case there is no possibility to change the encoding in the SourceData // so, we should hide the HandCursor and display usual ArrowCursor if(m_pSourceData->isFromBuffer() || m_pSourceData->isEmpty()) setCursor(QCursor(Qt::ArrowCursor)); else setCursor(QCursor(Qt::PointingHandCursor)); } void EncodingLabel::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent*) { if(!(m_pSourceData->isFromBuffer() || m_pSourceData->isEmpty())) { delete m_pContextEncodingMenu; m_pContextEncodingMenu = new QMenu(this); QMenu* pContextEncodingSubMenu = new QMenu(m_pContextEncodingMenu); int currentTextCodecEnum = m_pSourceData->getEncoding()->mibEnum(); // the codec that will be checked in the context menu QList mibs = QTextCodec::availableMibs(); QList codecEnumList; // Adding "main" encodings insertCodec(i18n("Unicode, 8 bit"), QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8"), codecEnumList, m_pContextEncodingMenu, currentTextCodecEnum); if(QTextCodec::codecForName("System")) { insertCodec(QString(), QTextCodec::codecForName("System"), codecEnumList, m_pContextEncodingMenu, currentTextCodecEnum); } // Adding recent encodings if(m_pOptions != nullptr) { QStringList& recentEncodings = m_pOptions->m_recentEncodings; foreach(const QString& s, recentEncodings) { insertCodec("", QTextCodec::codecForName(s.toLatin1()), codecEnumList, m_pContextEncodingMenu, currentTextCodecEnum); } } // Submenu to add the rest of available encodings pContextEncodingSubMenu->setTitle(i18n("Other")); foreach(int i, mibs) { QTextCodec* c = QTextCodec::codecForMib(i); if(c != nullptr) insertCodec("", c, codecEnumList, pContextEncodingSubMenu, currentTextCodecEnum); } m_pContextEncodingMenu->addMenu(pContextEncodingSubMenu); m_pContextEncodingMenu->exec(QCursor::pos()); } } void EncodingLabel::insertCodec(const QString& visibleCodecName, QTextCodec* pCodec, QList& codecEnumList, QMenu* pMenu, int currentTextCodecEnum) { int CodecMIBEnum = pCodec->mibEnum(); if(pCodec != nullptr && !codecEnumList.contains(CodecMIBEnum)) { QAction* pAction = new QAction(pMenu); // menu takes ownership, so deleting the menu deletes the action too. pAction->setText(visibleCodecName.isEmpty() ? QString(pCodec->name()) : visibleCodecName + " (" + pCodec->name() + ")"); pAction->setData(CodecMIBEnum); pAction->setCheckable(true); if(currentTextCodecEnum == CodecMIBEnum) pAction->setChecked(true); pMenu->addAction(pAction); connect(pAction, SIGNAL(triggered()), this, SLOT(slotEncodingChanged())); codecEnumList.append(CodecMIBEnum); } } void EncodingLabel::slotEncodingChanged() { QAction* pAction = qobject_cast(sender()); if(pAction) { QTextCodec* pCodec = QTextCodec::codecForMib(pAction->data().toInt()); if(pCodec != nullptr) { QString s(pCodec->name()); QStringList& recentEncodings = m_pOptions->m_recentEncodings; if(!recentEncodings.contains(s) && s != "UTF-8" && s != "System") { int itemsToRemove = recentEncodings.size() - m_maxRecentEncodings + 1; for(int i = 0; i < itemsToRemove; ++i) { recentEncodings.removeFirst(); } recentEncodings.append(s); } } m_pDiffTextWindowFrame->sendEncodingChangedSignal(pCodec); } } diff --git a/src/difftextwindow.h b/src/difftextwindow.h index e775479..8e5e6f8 100644 --- a/src/difftextwindow.h +++ b/src/difftextwindow.h @@ -1,166 +1,165 @@ /*************************************************************************** difftextwindow.h - description ------------------- begin : Mon Mar 18 2002 copyright : (C) 2002-2007 by Joachim Eibl email : joachim.eibl at gmx.de ***************************************************************************/ /*************************************************************************** * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * * (at your option) any later version. * * * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef DIFFTEXTWINDOW_H #define DIFFTEXTWINDOW_H #include "diff.h" #include class QMenu; class QStatusBar; class Options; class DiffTextWindowData; class DiffTextWindowFrame; class EncodingLabel; class DiffTextWindow : public QWidget { Q_OBJECT public: DiffTextWindow( DiffTextWindowFrame* pParent, QStatusBar* pStatusBar, Options* pOptions, int winIdx ); ~DiffTextWindow() override; void init( const QString& fileName, QTextCodec* pCodec, e_LineEndStyle eLineEndStyle, const LineData* pLineData, int size, const Diff3LineVector* pDiff3LineVector, const ManualDiffHelpList* pManualDiffHelpList, bool bTriple ); void reset(); void convertToLinePos( int x, int y, int& line, int& pos ); QString getSelection(); int getFirstLine(); int calcTopLineInFile( int firstLine ); int getMaxTextWidth(); int getNofLines(); int getNofVisibleLines(); int getVisibleTextAreaWidth(); int convertLineToDiff3LineIdx( int line ); int convertDiff3LineIdxToLine( int d3lIdx ); void convertD3LCoordsToLineCoords( int d3LIdx, int d3LPos, int& line, int& pos ); void convertLineCoordsToD3LCoords( int line, int pos, int& d3LIdx, int& d3LPos ); void convertSelectionToD3LCoords(); bool findString( const QString& s, int& d3vLine, int& posInLine, bool bDirDown, bool bCaseSensitive ); void setSelection( int firstLine, int startPos, int lastLine, int endPos, int& l, int& p ); void getSelectionRange( int* firstLine, int* lastLine, e_CoordType coordType ); void setPaintingAllowed( bool bAllowPainting ); void recalcWordWrap( bool bWordWrap, int wrapLineVectorSize, int nofVisibleColumns); void recalcWordWrapHelper( int wrapLineVectorSize, int visibleTextWidth, int cacheListIdx); void print( MyPainter& painter, const QRect& r, int firstLine, int nofLinesPerPage ); Q_SIGNALS: void resizeHeightChangedSignal(int nofVisibleLines); void resizeWidthChangedSignal(int nofVisibleColumns); - void scroll(int deltaX, int deltaY); void newSelection(); void selectionEnd(); void setFastSelectorLine( int line ); void gotFocus(); void lineClicked( int winIdx, int line ); public Q_SLOTS: void setFirstLine( int line ); void setHorizScrollOffset( int horizScrollOffset ); void resetSelection(); void setFastSelectorRange( int line1, int nofLines ); protected: void mousePressEvent ( QMouseEvent * ) override; void mouseReleaseEvent ( QMouseEvent * ) override; void mouseMoveEvent ( QMouseEvent * ) override; void mouseDoubleClickEvent ( QMouseEvent * e ) override; void paintEvent( QPaintEvent* ) override; void dragEnterEvent( QDragEnterEvent* e ) override; void focusInEvent( QFocusEvent* e ) override; void resizeEvent( QResizeEvent* ) override; void timerEvent(QTimerEvent*) override; private: DiffTextWindowData* d; void showStatusLine( int line ); friend class DiffTextWindowFrame; }; class DiffTextWindowFrameData; class DiffTextWindowFrame : public QWidget { Q_OBJECT public: DiffTextWindowFrame( QWidget* pParent, QStatusBar* pStatusBar, Options* pOptions, int winIdx, SourceData* psd); ~DiffTextWindowFrame() override; DiffTextWindow* getDiffTextWindow(); void init(); void setFirstLine(int firstLine); void sendEncodingChangedSignal(QTextCodec* c); Q_SIGNALS: void fileNameChanged(const QString&, int); void encodingChanged(QTextCodec*); protected: bool eventFilter( QObject*, QEvent* ) override; //void paintEvent(QPaintEvent*); private Q_SLOTS: void slotReturnPressed(); void slotBrowseButtonClicked(); private: DiffTextWindowFrameData* d; }; class EncodingLabel : public QLabel { Q_OBJECT public: EncodingLabel( const QString & text, DiffTextWindowFrame* pDiffTextWindowFrame, SourceData* psd, Options* pOptions); protected: void mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *ev) override; void mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *ev) override; private Q_SLOTS: void slotEncodingChanged(); private: DiffTextWindowFrame* m_pDiffTextWindowFrame; //To send "EncodingChanged" signal QMenu* m_pContextEncodingMenu; SourceData* m_pSourceData; //SourceData to get access to "isEmpty()" and "isFromBuffer()" functions static const int m_maxRecentEncodings = 5; Options* m_pOptions; void insertCodec( const QString& visibleCodecName, QTextCodec* pCodec, QList &CodecEnumList, QMenu* pMenu, int currentTextCodecEnum); }; bool startRunnables(); #endif diff --git a/src/directorymergewindow.cpp b/src/directorymergewindow.cpp index 462887a..097840f 100644 --- a/src/directorymergewindow.cpp +++ b/src/directorymergewindow.cpp @@ -1,3738 +1,3742 @@ /*************************************************************************** directorymergewindow.cpp ----------------- begin : Sat Oct 19 2002 copyright : (C) 2002-2011 by Joachim Eibl email : joachim.eibl at gmx.de ***************************************************************************/ /*************************************************************************** * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * * (at your option) any later version. * * * ***************************************************************************/ +#include + #ifdef Q_OS_WIN #include #endif #include "directorymergewindow.h" #include "guiutils.h" #include "options.h" #include "progress.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include static bool conflictingFileTypes(MergeFileInfos& mfi); static QPixmap getOnePixmap(e_Age eAge, bool bLink, bool bDir); class StatusInfo : public QDialog { QTextEdit* m_pTextEdit; public: explicit StatusInfo(QWidget* pParent) : QDialog(pParent) { QVBoxLayout* pVLayout = new QVBoxLayout(this); m_pTextEdit = new QTextEdit(this); pVLayout->addWidget(m_pTextEdit); setObjectName("StatusInfo"); setWindowFlags(Qt::Dialog); m_pTextEdit->setWordWrapMode(QTextOption::NoWrap); m_pTextEdit->setReadOnly(true); QDialogButtonBox *box = new QDialogButtonBox(QDialogButtonBox::Close, this); connect(box, &QDialogButtonBox::rejected, this, &QDialog::accept); pVLayout->addWidget(box); } bool isEmpty() { return m_pTextEdit->toPlainText().isEmpty(); } void addText(const QString& s) { m_pTextEdit->append(s); } void clear() { m_pTextEdit->clear(); } void setVisible(bool bVisible) override { if(bVisible) { m_pTextEdit->moveCursor(QTextCursor::End); m_pTextEdit->moveCursor(QTextCursor::StartOfLine); m_pTextEdit->ensureCursorVisible(); } QDialog::setVisible(bVisible); if(bVisible) setWindowState(windowState() | Qt::WindowMaximized); } }; class TempRemover { public: TempRemover(const QString& origName, FileAccess& fa); ~TempRemover(); QString name() { return m_name; } bool success() { return m_bSuccess; } private: QString m_name; bool m_bTemp; bool m_bSuccess; }; TempRemover::TempRemover(const QString& origName, FileAccess& fa) { if(fa.isLocal()) { m_name = origName; m_bTemp = false; m_bSuccess = true; } else { m_name = FileAccess::tempFileName(); m_bSuccess = fa.copyFile(m_name); m_bTemp = m_bSuccess; } } TempRemover::~TempRemover() { if(m_bTemp && !m_name.isEmpty()) FileAccess::removeTempFile(m_name); } enum Columns { s_NameCol = 0, s_ACol = 1, s_BCol = 2, s_CCol = 3, s_OpCol = 4, s_OpStatusCol = 5, s_UnsolvedCol = 6, // Nr of unsolved conflicts (for 3 input files) s_SolvedCol = 7, // Nr of auto-solvable conflicts (for 3 input files) s_NonWhiteCol = 8, // Nr of nonwhite deltas (for 2 input files) s_WhiteCol = 9 // Nr of white deltas (for 2 input files) }; enum e_OperationStatus { eOpStatusNone, eOpStatusDone, eOpStatusError, eOpStatusSkipped, eOpStatusNotSaved, eOpStatusInProgress, eOpStatusToDo }; class MergeFileInfos { public: MergeFileInfos() { m_bEqualAB = false; m_bEqualAC = false; m_bEqualBC = false; m_pParent = nullptr; m_bOperationComplete = false; m_bSimOpComplete = false; m_eMergeOperation = eNoOperation; m_eOpStatus = eOpStatusNone; m_ageA = eNotThere; m_ageB = eNotThere; m_ageC = eNotThere; m_bConflictingAges = false; m_pFileInfoA = nullptr; m_pFileInfoB = nullptr; m_pFileInfoC = nullptr; } ~MergeFileInfos() { //for( int i=0; i( const MergeFileInfos& ); QString subPath() const { return m_pFileInfoA && m_pFileInfoA->exists() ? m_pFileInfoA->filePath() : m_pFileInfoB && m_pFileInfoB->exists() ? m_pFileInfoB->filePath() : m_pFileInfoC && m_pFileInfoC->exists() ? m_pFileInfoC->filePath() : QString(""); } QString fileName() const { return m_pFileInfoA && m_pFileInfoA->exists() ? m_pFileInfoA->fileName() : m_pFileInfoB && m_pFileInfoB->exists() ? m_pFileInfoB->fileName() : m_pFileInfoC && m_pFileInfoC->exists() ? m_pFileInfoC->fileName() : QString(""); } bool dirA() const { return m_pFileInfoA ? m_pFileInfoA->isDir() : false; } bool dirB() const { return m_pFileInfoB ? m_pFileInfoB->isDir() : false; } bool dirC() const { return m_pFileInfoC ? m_pFileInfoC->isDir() : false; } bool isLinkA() const { return m_pFileInfoA ? m_pFileInfoA->isSymLink() : false; } bool isLinkB() const { return m_pFileInfoB ? m_pFileInfoB->isSymLink() : false; } bool isLinkC() const { return m_pFileInfoC ? m_pFileInfoC->isSymLink() : false; } bool existsInA() const { return m_pFileInfoA != nullptr; } bool existsInB() const { return m_pFileInfoB != nullptr; } bool existsInC() const { return m_pFileInfoC != nullptr; } MergeFileInfos* m_pParent; FileAccess* m_pFileInfoA; FileAccess* m_pFileInfoB; FileAccess* m_pFileInfoC; TotalDiffStatus m_totalDiffStatus; QList m_children; e_MergeOperation m_eMergeOperation : 5; e_OperationStatus m_eOpStatus : 4; e_Age m_ageA : 3; e_Age m_ageB : 3; e_Age m_ageC : 3; bool m_bOperationComplete : 1; bool m_bSimOpComplete : 1; bool m_bEqualAB : 1; bool m_bEqualAC : 1; bool m_bEqualBC : 1; bool m_bConflictingAges : 1; // Equal age but files are not! }; static Qt::CaseSensitivity s_eCaseSensitivity = Qt::CaseSensitive; class DirectoryMergeWindow::Data : public QAbstractItemModel { public: DirectoryMergeWindow* q; explicit Data(DirectoryMergeWindow* pDMW) { q = pDMW; m_pOptions = nullptr; m_pIconLoader = nullptr; m_pDirectoryMergeInfo = nullptr; m_bSimulatedMergeStarted = false; m_bRealMergeStarted = false; m_bError = false; m_bSyncMode = false; m_pStatusInfo = new StatusInfo(q); m_pStatusInfo->hide(); m_bScanning = false; m_bCaseSensitive = true; m_bUnfoldSubdirs = false; m_bSkipDirStatus = false; m_pRoot = new MergeFileInfos; } ~Data() override { delete m_pRoot; } // Implement QAbstractItemModel QVariant data(const QModelIndex& index, int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const override; //Qt::ItemFlags flags ( const QModelIndex & index ) const QModelIndex parent(const QModelIndex& index) const override { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(index); if(pMFI == nullptr || pMFI == m_pRoot || pMFI->m_pParent == m_pRoot) return QModelIndex(); else { MergeFileInfos* pParentsParent = pMFI->m_pParent->m_pParent; return createIndex(pParentsParent->m_children.indexOf(pMFI->m_pParent), 0, pMFI->m_pParent); } } int rowCount(const QModelIndex& parent = QModelIndex()) const override { MergeFileInfos* pParentMFI = getMFI(parent); if(pParentMFI != nullptr) return pParentMFI->m_children.count(); else return m_pRoot->m_children.count(); } int columnCount(const QModelIndex& /*parent*/) const override { return 10; } QModelIndex index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex& parent) const override { MergeFileInfos* pParentMFI = getMFI(parent); if(pParentMFI == nullptr && row < m_pRoot->m_children.count()) return createIndex(row, column, m_pRoot->m_children[row]); else if(pParentMFI != nullptr && row < pParentMFI->m_children.count()) return createIndex(row, column, pParentMFI->m_children[row]); else return QModelIndex(); } QVariant headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const override; void sort(int column, Qt::SortOrder order) override; // private data and helper methods MergeFileInfos* getMFI(const QModelIndex& mi) const { if(mi.isValid()) return (MergeFileInfos*)mi.internalPointer(); else return nullptr; } MergeFileInfos* m_pRoot; QString fullNameA(const MergeFileInfos& mfi) { return mfi.existsInA() ? mfi.m_pFileInfoA->absoluteFilePath() : m_dirA.absoluteFilePath() + "/" + mfi.subPath(); } QString fullNameB(const MergeFileInfos& mfi) { return mfi.existsInB() ? mfi.m_pFileInfoB->absoluteFilePath() : m_dirB.absoluteFilePath() + "/" + mfi.subPath(); } QString fullNameC(const MergeFileInfos& mfi) { return mfi.existsInC() ? mfi.m_pFileInfoC->absoluteFilePath() : m_dirC.absoluteFilePath() + "/" + mfi.subPath(); } QString fullNameDest(const MergeFileInfos& mfi) { if(m_dirDestInternal.prettyAbsPath() == m_dirC.prettyAbsPath()) return fullNameC(mfi); else if(m_dirDestInternal.prettyAbsPath() == m_dirB.prettyAbsPath()) return fullNameB(mfi); else return m_dirDestInternal.absoluteFilePath() + "/" + mfi.subPath(); } FileAccess m_dirA; FileAccess m_dirB; FileAccess m_dirC; FileAccess m_dirDest; FileAccess m_dirDestInternal; Options* m_pOptions; void calcDirStatus(bool bThreeDirs, const QModelIndex& mi, int& nofFiles, int& nofDirs, int& nofEqualFiles, int& nofManualMerges); void mergeContinue(bool bStart, bool bVerbose); void prepareListView(ProgressProxy& pp); void calcSuggestedOperation(const QModelIndex& mi, e_MergeOperation eDefaultOperation); void setAllMergeOperations(e_MergeOperation eDefaultOperation); friend class MergeFileInfos; bool canContinue(); QModelIndex treeIterator(QModelIndex mi, bool bVisitChildren = true, bool bFindInvisible = false); void prepareMergeStart(const QModelIndex& miBegin, const QModelIndex& miEnd, bool bVerbose); bool executeMergeOperation(MergeFileInfos& mfi, bool& bSingleFileMerge); void scanDirectory(const QString& dirName, t_DirectoryList& dirList); void scanLocalDirectory(const QString& dirName, t_DirectoryList& dirList); bool fastFileComparison(FileAccess& fi1, FileAccess& fi2, bool& bError, QString& status); void compareFilesAndCalcAges(MergeFileInfos& mfi); void setMergeOperation(const QModelIndex& mi, e_MergeOperation eMergeOp, bool bRecursive = true); bool isDir(const QModelIndex& mi); QString getFileName(const QModelIndex& mi); bool copyFLD(const QString& srcName, const QString& destName); bool deleteFLD(const QString& name, bool bCreateBackup); bool makeDir(const QString& name, bool bQuiet = false); bool renameFLD(const QString& srcName, const QString& destName); bool mergeFLD(const QString& nameA, const QString& nameB, const QString& nameC, const QString& nameDest, bool& bSingleFileMerge); t_DirectoryList m_dirListA; t_DirectoryList m_dirListB; t_DirectoryList m_dirListC; QString m_dirMergeStateFilename; class FileKey { public: const FileAccess* m_pFA; explicit FileKey(const FileAccess& fa) : m_pFA(&fa) {} int getParents(const FileAccess* pFA, const FileAccess* v[]) const { int s = 0; for(s = 0; pFA->parent() != nullptr; pFA = pFA->parent(), ++s) v[s] = pFA; return s; } // This is essentially the same as // int r = filePath().compare( fa.filePath() ) // if ( r<0 ) return true; // if ( r==0 ) return m_col < fa.m_col; // return false; bool operator<(const FileKey& fk) const { const FileAccess* v1[100]; const FileAccess* v2[100]; int v1Size = getParents(m_pFA, v1); int v2Size = getParents(fk.m_pFA, v2); for(int i = 0; i < v1Size && i < v2Size; ++i) { int r = v1[v1Size - i - 1]->fileName().compare(v2[v2Size - i - 1]->fileName(), s_eCaseSensitivity); if(r < 0) return true; else if(r > 0) return false; } if(v1Size < v2Size) return true; return false; } }; typedef QMap t_fileMergeMap; t_fileMergeMap m_fileMergeMap; bool m_bFollowDirLinks; bool m_bFollowFileLinks; bool m_bSimulatedMergeStarted; bool m_bRealMergeStarted; bool m_bError; bool m_bSyncMode; bool m_bDirectoryMerge; // if true, then merge is the default operation, otherwise it's diff. bool m_bCaseSensitive; bool m_bUnfoldSubdirs; bool m_bSkipDirStatus; bool m_bScanning; // true while in init() KIconLoader* m_pIconLoader; DirectoryMergeInfo* m_pDirectoryMergeInfo; StatusInfo* m_pStatusInfo; typedef std::list MergeItemList; // linked list MergeItemList m_mergeItemList; MergeItemList::iterator m_currentIndexForOperation; QModelIndex m_selection1Index; QModelIndex m_selection2Index; QModelIndex m_selection3Index; void selectItemAndColumn(const QModelIndex& mi, bool bContextMenu); friend class DirMergeItem; QAction* m_pDirStartOperation; QAction* m_pDirRunOperationForCurrentItem; QAction* m_pDirCompareCurrent; QAction* m_pDirMergeCurrent; QAction* m_pDirRescan; QAction* m_pDirChooseAEverywhere; QAction* m_pDirChooseBEverywhere; QAction* m_pDirChooseCEverywhere; QAction* m_pDirAutoChoiceEverywhere; QAction* m_pDirDoNothingEverywhere; QAction* m_pDirFoldAll; QAction* m_pDirUnfoldAll; KToggleAction* m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles; KToggleAction* m_pDirShowDifferentFiles; KToggleAction* m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInA; KToggleAction* m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInB; KToggleAction* m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInC; KToggleAction* m_pDirSynchronizeDirectories; KToggleAction* m_pDirChooseNewerFiles; QAction* m_pDirCompareExplicit; QAction* m_pDirMergeExplicit; QAction* m_pDirCurrentDoNothing; QAction* m_pDirCurrentChooseA; QAction* m_pDirCurrentChooseB; QAction* m_pDirCurrentChooseC; QAction* m_pDirCurrentMerge; QAction* m_pDirCurrentDelete; QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncDoNothing; QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyAToB; QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyBToA; QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteA; QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteB; QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteAAndB; QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToA; QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToB; QAction* m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToAAndB; QAction* m_pDirSaveMergeState; QAction* m_pDirLoadMergeState; bool init(FileAccess& dirA, FileAccess& dirB, FileAccess& dirC, FileAccess& dirDest, bool bDirectoryMerge, bool bReload); void setOpStatus(const QModelIndex& mi, e_OperationStatus eOpStatus) { if(MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi)) { pMFI->m_eOpStatus = eOpStatus; emit dataChanged(mi, mi); } } }; QVariant DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::data(const QModelIndex& index, int role) const { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(index); if(pMFI) { if(role == Qt::DisplayRole) { switch(index.column()) { case s_NameCol: return QFileInfo(pMFI->subPath()).fileName(); case s_ACol: return "A"; case s_BCol: return "B"; case s_CCol: return "C"; //case s_OpCol: return i18n("Operation"); //case s_OpStatusCol: return i18n("Status"); case s_UnsolvedCol: return i18n("Unsolved"); case s_SolvedCol: return i18n("Solved"); case s_NonWhiteCol: return i18n("Nonwhite"); case s_WhiteCol: return i18n("White"); //default : return QVariant(); } if(s_OpCol == index.column()) { bool bDir = pMFI->dirA() || pMFI->dirB() || pMFI->dirC(); switch(pMFI->m_eMergeOperation) { case eNoOperation: return ""; break; case eCopyAToB: return i18n("Copy A to B"); break; case eCopyBToA: return i18n("Copy B to A"); break; case eDeleteA: return i18n("Delete A"); break; case eDeleteB: return i18n("Delete B"); break; case eDeleteAB: return i18n("Delete A & B"); break; case eMergeToA: return i18n("Merge to A"); break; case eMergeToB: return i18n("Merge to B"); break; case eMergeToAB: return i18n("Merge to A & B"); break; case eCopyAToDest: return "A"; break; case eCopyBToDest: return "B"; break; case eCopyCToDest: return "C"; break; case eDeleteFromDest: return i18n("Delete (if exists)"); break; case eMergeABCToDest: return bDir ? i18n("Merge") : i18n("Merge (manual)"); break; case eMergeABToDest: return bDir ? i18n("Merge") : i18n("Merge (manual)"); break; case eConflictingFileTypes: return i18n("Error: Conflicting File Types"); break; case eChangedAndDeleted: return i18n("Error: Changed and Deleted"); break; case eConflictingAges: return i18n("Error: Dates are equal but files are not."); break; default: Q_ASSERT(true); break; } } if(s_OpStatusCol == index.column()) { switch(pMFI->m_eOpStatus) { case eOpStatusNone: return ""; case eOpStatusDone: return i18n("Done"); case eOpStatusError: return i18n("Error"); case eOpStatusSkipped: return i18n("Skipped."); case eOpStatusNotSaved: return i18n("Not saved."); case eOpStatusInProgress: return i18n("In progress..."); case eOpStatusToDo: return i18n("To do."); } } } else if(role == Qt::DecorationRole) { if(s_NameCol == index.column()) { return getOnePixmap(eAgeEnd, pMFI->isLinkA() || pMFI->isLinkB() || pMFI->isLinkC(), pMFI->dirA() || pMFI->dirB() || pMFI->dirC()); } if(s_ACol == index.column()) { return getOnePixmap(pMFI->m_ageA, pMFI->isLinkA(), pMFI->dirA()); } if(s_BCol == index.column()) { return getOnePixmap(pMFI->m_ageB, pMFI->isLinkB(), pMFI->dirB()); } if(s_CCol == index.column()) { return getOnePixmap(pMFI->m_ageC, pMFI->isLinkC(), pMFI->dirC()); } } else if(role == Qt::TextAlignmentRole) { if(s_UnsolvedCol == index.column() || s_SolvedCol == index.column() || s_NonWhiteCol == index.column() || s_WhiteCol == index.column()) return Qt::AlignRight; } } return QVariant(); } QVariant DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const { if(orientation == Qt::Horizontal && section >= 0 && section < columnCount(QModelIndex()) && role == Qt::DisplayRole) { switch(section) { case s_NameCol: return i18n("Name"); case s_ACol: return "A"; case s_BCol: return "B"; case s_CCol: return "C"; case s_OpCol: return i18n("Operation"); case s_OpStatusCol: return i18n("Status"); case s_UnsolvedCol: return i18n("Unsolved"); case s_SolvedCol: return i18n("Solved"); case s_NonWhiteCol: return i18n("Nonwhite"); case s_WhiteCol: return i18n("White"); default: return QVariant(); } } return QVariant(); } // Previously Q3ListViewItem::paintCell(p,cg,column,width,align); class DirectoryMergeWindow::DirMergeItemDelegate : public QStyledItemDelegate { DirectoryMergeWindow* m_pDMW; DirectoryMergeWindow::Data* d; public: explicit DirMergeItemDelegate(DirectoryMergeWindow* pParent) : QStyledItemDelegate(pParent), m_pDMW(pParent), d(pParent->d) { } void paint(QPainter* p, const QStyleOptionViewItem& option, const QModelIndex& index) const override { int column = index.column(); if(column == s_ACol || column == s_BCol || column == s_CCol) { QVariant value = index.data(Qt::DecorationRole); QPixmap icon; if(value.isValid()) { if(value.type() == QVariant::Icon) { icon = qvariant_cast(value).pixmap(16, 16); //icon = qvariant_cast(value); //decorationRect = QRect(QPoint(0, 0), icon.actualSize(option.decorationSize, iconMode, iconState)); } else { icon = qvariant_cast(value); //decorationRect = QRect(QPoint(0, 0), option.decorationSize).intersected(pixmap.rect()); } } int x = option.rect.left(); int y = option.rect.top(); //QPixmap icon = value.value(); //pixmap(column); if(!icon.isNull()) { int yOffset = (sizeHint(option, index).height() - icon.height()) / 2; p->drawPixmap(x + 2, y + yOffset, icon); int i = index == d->m_selection1Index ? 1 : index == d->m_selection2Index ? 2 : index == d->m_selection3Index ? 3 : 0; if(i != 0) { Options* pOpts = d->m_pOptions; QColor c(i == 1 ? pOpts->m_colorA : i == 2 ? pOpts->m_colorB : pOpts->m_colorC); p->setPen(c); // highlight() ); p->drawRect(x + 2, y + yOffset, icon.width(), icon.height()); p->setPen(QPen(c, 0, Qt::DotLine)); p->drawRect(x + 1, y + yOffset - 1, icon.width() + 2, icon.height() + 2); p->setPen(Qt::white); QString s(QChar('A' + i - 1)); p->drawText(x + 2 + (icon.width() - p->fontMetrics().width(s)) / 2, y + yOffset + (icon.height() + p->fontMetrics().ascent()) / 2 - 1, s); } else { p->setPen(m_pDMW->palette().background().color()); p->drawRect(x + 1, y + yOffset - 1, icon.width() + 2, icon.height() + 2); } return; } } QStyleOptionViewItem option2 = option; if(column >= s_UnsolvedCol) { option2.displayAlignment = Qt::AlignRight; } QStyledItemDelegate::paint(p, option2, index); } QSize sizeHint(const QStyleOptionViewItem& option, const QModelIndex& index) const override { QSize sz = QStyledItemDelegate::sizeHint(option, index); return sz.expandedTo(QSize(0, 18)); } }; DirectoryMergeWindow::DirectoryMergeWindow(QWidget* pParent, Options* pOptions, KIconLoader* pIconLoader) : QTreeView(pParent) { d = new Data(this); setModel(d); setItemDelegate(new DirMergeItemDelegate(this)); connect(this, &DirectoryMergeWindow::doubleClicked, this, &DirectoryMergeWindow::onDoubleClick); connect(this, &DirectoryMergeWindow::expanded, this, &DirectoryMergeWindow::onExpanded); d->m_pOptions = pOptions; d->m_pIconLoader = pIconLoader; setSortingEnabled(true); } DirectoryMergeWindow::~DirectoryMergeWindow() { delete d; } QString DirectoryMergeWindow::getDirNameA() { return d->m_dirA.prettyAbsPath(); } QString DirectoryMergeWindow::getDirNameB() { return d->m_dirB.prettyAbsPath(); } QString DirectoryMergeWindow::getDirNameC() { return d->m_dirC.prettyAbsPath(); } QString DirectoryMergeWindow::getDirNameDest() { return d->m_dirDest.prettyAbsPath(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::setDirectoryMergeInfo(DirectoryMergeInfo* p) { d->m_pDirectoryMergeInfo = p; } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::isDirectoryMergeInProgress() { return d->m_bRealMergeStarted; } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::isSyncMode() { return d->m_bSyncMode; } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::isScanning() { return d->m_bScanning; } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::fastFileComparison( FileAccess& fi1, FileAccess& fi2, bool& bError, QString& status) { ProgressProxy pp; status = ""; bool bEqual = false; bError = true; if(!m_bFollowFileLinks) { if(fi1.isSymLink() != fi2.isSymLink()) { status = i18n("Mix of links and normal files."); return bEqual; } else if(fi1.isSymLink() && fi2.isSymLink()) { bError = false; bEqual = fi1.readLink() == fi2.readLink(); status = i18n("Link: "); return bEqual; } } if(fi1.size() != fi2.size()) { bEqual = false; status = i18n("Size. "); return bEqual; } else if(m_pOptions->m_bDmTrustSize) { bEqual = true; return bEqual; } if(m_pOptions->m_bDmTrustDate) { bEqual = (fi1.lastModified() == fi2.lastModified() && fi1.size() == fi2.size()); bError = false; status = i18n("Date & Size: "); return bEqual; } if(m_pOptions->m_bDmTrustDateFallbackToBinary) { bEqual = (fi1.lastModified() == fi2.lastModified() && fi1.size() == fi2.size()); if(bEqual) { bError = false; status = i18n("Date & Size: "); return bEqual; } } QString fileName1 = fi1.absoluteFilePath(); QString fileName2 = fi2.absoluteFilePath(); TempRemover tr1(fileName1, fi1); if(!tr1.success()) { status = i18n("Creating temp copy of %1 failed.", fileName1); return bEqual; } TempRemover tr2(fileName2, fi2); if(!tr2.success()) { status = i18n("Creating temp copy of %1 failed.", fileName2); return bEqual; } std::vector buf1(100000); std::vector buf2(buf1.size()); QFile file1(tr1.name()); if(!file1.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) { status = i18n("Opening %1 failed.", fileName1); return bEqual; } QFile file2(tr2.name()); if(!file2.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) { status = i18n("Opening %1 failed.", fileName2); return bEqual; } pp.setInformation(i18n("Comparing file..."), 0, false); typedef qint64 t_FileSize; t_FileSize fullSize = file1.size(); t_FileSize sizeLeft = fullSize; pp.setMaxNofSteps(fullSize / buf1.size()); while(sizeLeft > 0 && !pp.wasCancelled()) { int len = min2(sizeLeft, (t_FileSize)buf1.size()); if(len != file1.read(&buf1[0], len)) { status = i18n("Error reading from %1", fileName1); return bEqual; } if(len != file2.read(&buf2[0], len)) { status = i18n("Error reading from %1", fileName2); return bEqual; } if(memcmp(&buf1[0], &buf2[0], len) != 0) { bError = false; return bEqual; } sizeLeft -= len; //pp.setCurrent(double(fullSize-sizeLeft)/fullSize, false ); pp.step(); } // If the program really arrives here, then the files are really equal. bError = false; bEqual = true; return bEqual; } int DirectoryMergeWindow::totalColumnWidth() { int w = 0; for(int i = 0; i < s_OpStatusCol; ++i) { w += columnWidth(i); } return w; } void DirectoryMergeWindow::reload() { if(isDirectoryMergeInProgress()) { int result = KMessageBox::warningYesNo(this, i18n("You are currently doing a directory merge. Are you sure, you want to abort the merge and rescan the directory?"), i18n("Warning"), KGuiItem(i18n("Rescan")), KGuiItem(i18n("Continue Merging"))); if(result != KMessageBox::Yes) return; } init(d->m_dirA, d->m_dirB, d->m_dirC, d->m_dirDest, d->m_bDirectoryMerge, true); //fix file visibilities after reload or menu will be out of sync with display if changed from defaults. updateFileVisibilities(); } // Copy pm2 onto pm1, but preserve the alpha value from pm1 where pm2 is transparent. static QPixmap pixCombiner(const QPixmap* pm1, const QPixmap* pm2) { QImage img1 = pm1->toImage().convertToFormat(QImage::Format_ARGB32); QImage img2 = pm2->toImage().convertToFormat(QImage::Format_ARGB32); for(int y = 0; y < img1.height(); y++) { quint32* line1 = reinterpret_cast(img1.scanLine(y)); quint32* line2 = reinterpret_cast(img2.scanLine(y)); for(int x = 0; x < img1.width(); x++) { if(qAlpha(line2[x]) > 0) line1[x] = (line2[x] | 0xff000000); } } return QPixmap::fromImage(img1); } // like pixCombiner but let the pm1 color shine through static QPixmap pixCombiner2(const QPixmap* pm1, const QPixmap* pm2) { QPixmap pix = *pm1; QPainter p(&pix); p.setOpacity(0.5); p.drawPixmap(0, 0, *pm2); p.end(); return pix; } void DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::calcDirStatus(bool bThreeDirs, const QModelIndex& mi, int& nofFiles, int& nofDirs, int& nofEqualFiles, int& nofManualMerges) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi); if(pMFI->dirA() || pMFI->dirB() || pMFI->dirC()) { ++nofDirs; } else { ++nofFiles; if(pMFI->m_bEqualAB && (!bThreeDirs || pMFI->m_bEqualAC)) { ++nofEqualFiles; } else { if(pMFI->m_eMergeOperation == eMergeABCToDest || pMFI->m_eMergeOperation == eMergeABToDest) ++nofManualMerges; } } for(int childIdx = 0; childIdx < rowCount(mi); ++childIdx) calcDirStatus(bThreeDirs, index(childIdx, 0, mi), nofFiles, nofDirs, nofEqualFiles, nofManualMerges); } struct t_ItemInfo { bool bExpanded; bool bOperationComplete; QString status; e_MergeOperation eMergeOperation; }; bool DirectoryMergeWindow::init( FileAccess& dirA, FileAccess& dirB, FileAccess& dirC, FileAccess& dirDest, bool bDirectoryMerge, bool bReload) { return d->init(dirA, dirB, dirC, dirDest, bDirectoryMerge, bReload); } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::init( FileAccess& dirA, FileAccess& dirB, FileAccess& dirC, FileAccess& dirDest, bool bDirectoryMerge, bool bReload) { if(m_pOptions->m_bDmFullAnalysis) { // A full analysis uses the same ressources that a normal text-diff/merge uses. // So make sure that the user saves his data first. bool bCanContinue = false; emit q->checkIfCanContinue(&bCanContinue); if(!bCanContinue) return false; emit q->startDiffMerge("", "", "", "", "", "", "", nullptr); // hide main window } q->show(); q->setUpdatesEnabled(true); std::map expandedDirsMap; if(bReload) { // Remember expanded items TODO //QTreeWidgetItemIterator it( this ); //while ( *it ) //{ // DirMergeItem* pDMI = static_cast( *it ); // t_ItemInfo& ii = expandedDirsMap[ pDMI->m_pMFI->subPath() ]; // ii.bExpanded = pDMI->isExpanded(); // ii.bOperationComplete = pDMI->m_pMFI->m_bOperationComplete; // ii.status = pDMI->text( s_OpStatusCol ); // ii.eMergeOperation = pDMI->m_pMFI->m_eMergeOperation; // ++it; //} } ProgressProxy pp; m_bFollowDirLinks = m_pOptions->m_bDmFollowDirLinks; m_bFollowFileLinks = m_pOptions->m_bDmFollowFileLinks; m_bSimulatedMergeStarted = false; m_bRealMergeStarted = false; m_bError = false; m_bDirectoryMerge = bDirectoryMerge; m_selection1Index = QModelIndex(); m_selection2Index = QModelIndex(); m_selection3Index = QModelIndex(); m_bCaseSensitive = m_pOptions->m_bDmCaseSensitiveFilenameComparison; m_bUnfoldSubdirs = m_pOptions->m_bDmUnfoldSubdirs; m_bSkipDirStatus = m_pOptions->m_bDmSkipDirStatus; beginResetModel(); m_pRoot->m_children.clear(); m_mergeItemList.clear(); endResetModel(); m_currentIndexForOperation = m_mergeItemList.end(); m_dirA = dirA; m_dirB = dirB; m_dirC = dirC; m_dirDest = dirDest; if(!bReload) { m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles->setChecked(true); m_pDirShowDifferentFiles->setChecked(true); m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInA->setChecked(true); m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInB->setChecked(true); m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInC->setChecked(true); } // Check if all input directories exist and are valid. The dest dir is not tested now. // The test will happen only when we are going to write to it. if(!m_dirA.isDir() || !m_dirB.isDir() || (m_dirC.isValid() && !m_dirC.isDir())) { QString text(i18n("Opening of directories failed:")); text += "\n\n"; if(!dirA.isDir()) { text += i18n("Dir A \"%1\" does not exist or is not a directory.\n", m_dirA.prettyAbsPath()); } if(!dirB.isDir()) { text += i18n("Dir B \"%1\" does not exist or is not a directory.\n", m_dirB.prettyAbsPath()); } if(m_dirC.isValid() && !m_dirC.isDir()) { text += i18n("Dir C \"%1\" does not exist or is not a directory.\n", m_dirC.prettyAbsPath()); } KMessageBox::sorry(q, text, i18n("Directory Open Error")); return false; } if(m_dirC.isValid() && (m_dirDest.prettyAbsPath() == m_dirA.prettyAbsPath() || m_dirDest.prettyAbsPath() == m_dirB.prettyAbsPath())) { KMessageBox::error(q, i18n("The destination directory must not be the same as A or B when " "three directories are merged.\nCheck again before continuing."), i18n("Parameter Warning")); return false; } m_bScanning = true; emit q->statusBarMessage(i18n("Scanning directories...")); m_bSyncMode = m_pOptions->m_bDmSyncMode && !m_dirC.isValid() && !m_dirDest.isValid(); if(m_dirDest.isValid()) m_dirDestInternal = m_dirDest; else m_dirDestInternal = m_dirC.isValid() ? m_dirC : m_dirB; QString origCurrentDirectory = QDir::currentPath(); m_fileMergeMap.clear(); s_eCaseSensitivity = m_bCaseSensitive ? Qt::CaseSensitive : Qt::CaseInsensitive; t_DirectoryList::iterator i; // calc how many directories will be read: double nofScans = (m_dirA.isValid() ? 1 : 0) + (m_dirB.isValid() ? 1 : 0) + (m_dirC.isValid() ? 1 : 0); int currentScan = 0; //TODO setColumnWidthMode(s_UnsolvedCol, Q3ListView::Manual); // setColumnWidthMode(s_SolvedCol, Q3ListView::Manual); // setColumnWidthMode(s_WhiteCol, Q3ListView::Manual); // setColumnWidthMode(s_NonWhiteCol, Q3ListView::Manual); q->setColumnHidden(s_CCol, !m_dirC.isValid()); q->setColumnHidden(s_WhiteCol, !m_pOptions->m_bDmFullAnalysis); q->setColumnHidden(s_NonWhiteCol, !m_pOptions->m_bDmFullAnalysis); q->setColumnHidden(s_UnsolvedCol, !m_pOptions->m_bDmFullAnalysis); q->setColumnHidden(s_SolvedCol, !(m_pOptions->m_bDmFullAnalysis && m_dirC.isValid())); bool bListDirSuccessA = true; bool bListDirSuccessB = true; bool bListDirSuccessC = true; m_dirListA.clear(); m_dirListB.clear(); m_dirListC.clear(); if(m_dirA.isValid()) { pp.setInformation(i18n("Reading Directory A")); pp.setSubRangeTransformation(currentScan / nofScans, (currentScan + 1) / nofScans); ++currentScan; bListDirSuccessA = m_dirA.listDir(&m_dirListA, m_pOptions->m_bDmRecursiveDirs, m_pOptions->m_bDmFindHidden, m_pOptions->m_DmFilePattern, m_pOptions->m_DmFileAntiPattern, m_pOptions->m_DmDirAntiPattern, m_pOptions->m_bDmFollowDirLinks, m_pOptions->m_bDmUseCvsIgnore); for(i = m_dirListA.begin(); i != m_dirListA.end(); ++i) { MergeFileInfos& mfi = m_fileMergeMap[FileKey(*i)]; //std::cout <filePath()<m_bDmRecursiveDirs, m_pOptions->m_bDmFindHidden, m_pOptions->m_DmFilePattern, m_pOptions->m_DmFileAntiPattern, m_pOptions->m_DmDirAntiPattern, m_pOptions->m_bDmFollowDirLinks, m_pOptions->m_bDmUseCvsIgnore); for(i = m_dirListB.begin(); i != m_dirListB.end(); ++i) { MergeFileInfos& mfi = m_fileMergeMap[FileKey(*i)]; mfi.m_pFileInfoB = &(*i); if(mfi.m_pFileInfoA && mfi.m_pFileInfoA->fileName() == mfi.m_pFileInfoB->fileName()) mfi.m_pFileInfoB->setSharedName(mfi.m_pFileInfoA->fileName()); // Reduce memory by sharing the name. } } e_MergeOperation eDefaultMergeOp; if(m_dirC.isValid()) { pp.setInformation(i18n("Reading Directory C")); pp.setSubRangeTransformation(currentScan / nofScans, (currentScan + 1) / nofScans); ++currentScan; bListDirSuccessC = m_dirC.listDir(&m_dirListC, m_pOptions->m_bDmRecursiveDirs, m_pOptions->m_bDmFindHidden, m_pOptions->m_DmFilePattern, m_pOptions->m_DmFileAntiPattern, m_pOptions->m_DmDirAntiPattern, m_pOptions->m_bDmFollowDirLinks, m_pOptions->m_bDmUseCvsIgnore); for(i = m_dirListC.begin(); i != m_dirListC.end(); ++i) { MergeFileInfos& mfi = m_fileMergeMap[FileKey(*i)]; mfi.m_pFileInfoC = &(*i); } eDefaultMergeOp = eMergeABCToDest; } else eDefaultMergeOp = m_bSyncMode ? eMergeToAB : eMergeABToDest; bool bContinue = true; if(!bListDirSuccessA || !bListDirSuccessB || !bListDirSuccessC) { QString s = i18n("Some subdirectories were not readable in"); if(!bListDirSuccessA) s += "\nA: " + m_dirA.prettyAbsPath(); if(!bListDirSuccessB) s += "\nB: " + m_dirB.prettyAbsPath(); if(!bListDirSuccessC) s += "\nC: " + m_dirC.prettyAbsPath(); s += "\n"; s += i18n("Check the permissions of the subdirectories."); bContinue = KMessageBox::Continue == KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel(q, s); } if(bContinue) { prepareListView(pp); q->updateFileVisibilities(); for(int childIdx = 0; childIdx < rowCount(); ++childIdx) { QModelIndex mi = index(childIdx, 0, QModelIndex()); calcSuggestedOperation(mi, eDefaultMergeOp); } } q->sortByColumn(0, Qt::AscendingOrder); for(int i = 0; i < columnCount(QModelIndex()); ++i) q->resizeColumnToContents(i); // Try to improve the view a little bit. QWidget* pParent = q->parentWidget(); QSplitter* pSplitter = static_cast(pParent); if(pSplitter != nullptr) { QList sizes = pSplitter->sizes(); int total = sizes[0] + sizes[1]; if(total < 10) total = 100; sizes[0] = total * 6 / 10; sizes[1] = total - sizes[0]; pSplitter->setSizes(sizes); } QDir::setCurrent(origCurrentDirectory); m_bScanning = false; emit q->statusBarMessage(i18n("Ready.")); if(bContinue && !m_bSkipDirStatus) { // Generate a status report int nofFiles = 0; int nofDirs = 0; int nofEqualFiles = 0; int nofManualMerges = 0; //TODO for(int childIdx = 0; childIdx < rowCount(); ++childIdx) calcDirStatus(m_dirC.isValid(), index(childIdx, 0, QModelIndex()), nofFiles, nofDirs, nofEqualFiles, nofManualMerges); QString s; s = i18n("Directory Comparison Status") + "\n\n" + i18n("Number of subdirectories:") + " " + QString::number(nofDirs) + "\n" + i18n("Number of equal files:") + " " + QString::number(nofEqualFiles) + "\n" + i18n("Number of different files:") + " " + QString::number(nofFiles - nofEqualFiles); if(m_dirC.isValid()) s += "\n" + i18n("Number of manual merges:") + " " + QString::number(nofManualMerges); KMessageBox::information(q, s); // //TODO //if ( topLevelItemCount()>0 ) //{ // topLevelItem(0)->setSelected(true); // setCurrentItem( topLevelItem(0) ); //} } if(bReload) { // Remember expanded items //TODO //QTreeWidgetItemIterator it( this ); //while ( *it ) //{ // DirMergeItem* pDMI = static_cast( *it ); // std::map::iterator i = expandedDirsMap.find( pDMI->m_pMFI->subPath() ); // if ( i!=expandedDirsMap.end() ) // { // t_ItemInfo& ii = i->second; // pDMI->setExpanded( ii.bExpanded ); // //pDMI->m_pMFI->setMergeOperation( ii.eMergeOperation, false ); unsafe, might have changed // pDMI->m_pMFI->m_bOperationComplete = ii.bOperationComplete; // pDMI->setText( s_OpStatusCol, ii.status ); // } // ++it; //} } else if(m_bUnfoldSubdirs) { m_pDirUnfoldAll->trigger(); } return true; } void DirectoryMergeWindow::onExpanded() { resizeColumnToContents(s_NameCol); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotChooseAEverywhere() { d->setAllMergeOperations(eCopyAToDest); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotChooseBEverywhere() { d->setAllMergeOperations(eCopyBToDest); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotChooseCEverywhere() { d->setAllMergeOperations(eCopyCToDest); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotAutoChooseEverywhere() { e_MergeOperation eDefaultMergeOp = d->m_dirC.isValid() ? eMergeABCToDest : d->m_bSyncMode ? eMergeToAB : eMergeABToDest; d->setAllMergeOperations(eDefaultMergeOp); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotNoOpEverywhere() { d->setAllMergeOperations(eNoOperation); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotFoldAllSubdirs() { collapseAll(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotUnfoldAllSubdirs() { expandAll(); } // Merge current item (merge mode) void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentDoNothing() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eNoOperation); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentChooseA() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), d->m_bSyncMode ? eCopyAToB : eCopyAToDest); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentChooseB() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), d->m_bSyncMode ? eCopyBToA : eCopyBToDest); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentChooseC() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eCopyCToDest); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentMerge() { bool bThreeDirs = d->m_dirC.isValid(); d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), bThreeDirs ? eMergeABCToDest : eMergeABToDest); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentDelete() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eDeleteFromDest); } // Sync current item void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentCopyAToB() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eCopyAToB); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentCopyBToA() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eCopyBToA); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentDeleteA() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eDeleteA); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentDeleteB() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eDeleteB); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentDeleteAAndB() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eDeleteAB); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentMergeToA() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eMergeToA); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentMergeToB() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eMergeToB); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCurrentMergeToAAndB() { d->setMergeOperation(currentIndex(), eMergeToAB); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* e) { if((e->QInputEvent::modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) != 0) { bool bThreeDirs = d->m_dirC.isValid(); MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(currentIndex()); if(pMFI == nullptr) return; bool bMergeMode = bThreeDirs || !d->m_bSyncMode; bool bFTConflict = pMFI == nullptr ? false : conflictingFileTypes(*pMFI); if(bMergeMode) { switch(e->key()) { case Qt::Key_1: if(pMFI->existsInA()) { slotCurrentChooseA(); } return; case Qt::Key_2: if(pMFI->existsInB()) { slotCurrentChooseB(); } return; case Qt::Key_3: if(pMFI->existsInC()) { slotCurrentChooseC(); } return; case Qt::Key_Space: slotCurrentDoNothing(); return; case Qt::Key_4: if(!bFTConflict) { slotCurrentMerge(); } return; case Qt::Key_Delete: slotCurrentDelete(); return; default: break; } } else { switch(e->key()) { case Qt::Key_1: if(pMFI->existsInA()) { slotCurrentCopyAToB(); } return; case Qt::Key_2: if(pMFI->existsInB()) { slotCurrentCopyBToA(); } return; case Qt::Key_Space: slotCurrentDoNothing(); return; case Qt::Key_4: if(!bFTConflict) { slotCurrentMergeToAAndB(); } return; case Qt::Key_Delete: if(pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB()) slotCurrentDeleteAAndB(); else if(pMFI->existsInA()) slotCurrentDeleteA(); else if(pMFI->existsInB()) slotCurrentDeleteB(); return; default: break; } } } else if(e->key() == Qt::Key_Return || e->key() == Qt::Key_Enter) { onDoubleClick(currentIndex()); return; } QTreeView::keyPressEvent(e); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent*) { - updateAvailabilities(); + emit updateAvailabilities(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::focusOutEvent(QFocusEvent*) { - updateAvailabilities(); + emit updateAvailabilities(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::setAllMergeOperations(e_MergeOperation eDefaultOperation) { if(KMessageBox::Yes == KMessageBox::warningYesNo(q, i18n("This affects all merge operations."), i18n("Changing All Merge Operations"), KStandardGuiItem::cont(), KStandardGuiItem::cancel())) { for(int i = 0; i < rowCount(); ++i) { calcSuggestedOperation(index(i, 0, QModelIndex()), eDefaultOperation); } } } void DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::compareFilesAndCalcAges(MergeFileInfos& mfi) { std::map dateMap; if(mfi.existsInA()) { dateMap[mfi.m_pFileInfoA->lastModified()] = 0; } if(mfi.existsInB()) { dateMap[mfi.m_pFileInfoB->lastModified()] = 1; } if(mfi.existsInC()) { dateMap[mfi.m_pFileInfoC->lastModified()] = 2; } if(m_pOptions->m_bDmFullAnalysis) { if((mfi.existsInA() && mfi.dirA()) || (mfi.existsInB() && mfi.dirB()) || (mfi.existsInC() && mfi.dirC())) { // If any input is a directory, don't start any comparison. mfi.m_bEqualAB = mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInB(); mfi.m_bEqualAC = mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInC(); mfi.m_bEqualBC = mfi.existsInB() && mfi.existsInC(); } else { emit q->startDiffMerge( mfi.existsInA() ? mfi.m_pFileInfoA->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""), mfi.existsInB() ? mfi.m_pFileInfoB->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""), mfi.existsInC() ? mfi.m_pFileInfoC->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""), "", "", "", "", &mfi.m_totalDiffStatus); int nofNonwhiteConflicts = mfi.m_totalDiffStatus.nofUnsolvedConflicts + mfi.m_totalDiffStatus.nofSolvedConflicts - mfi.m_totalDiffStatus.nofWhitespaceConflicts; if(m_pOptions->m_bDmWhiteSpaceEqual && nofNonwhiteConflicts == 0) { mfi.m_bEqualAB = mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInB(); mfi.m_bEqualAC = mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInC(); mfi.m_bEqualBC = mfi.existsInB() && mfi.existsInC(); } else { mfi.m_bEqualAB = mfi.m_totalDiffStatus.bBinaryAEqB; mfi.m_bEqualBC = mfi.m_totalDiffStatus.bBinaryBEqC; mfi.m_bEqualAC = mfi.m_totalDiffStatus.bBinaryAEqC; } } } else { bool bError; QString eqStatus; if(mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInB()) { if(mfi.dirA()) mfi.m_bEqualAB = true; else mfi.m_bEqualAB = fastFileComparison(*mfi.m_pFileInfoA, *mfi.m_pFileInfoB, bError, eqStatus); } if(mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInC()) { if(mfi.dirA()) mfi.m_bEqualAC = true; else mfi.m_bEqualAC = fastFileComparison(*mfi.m_pFileInfoA, *mfi.m_pFileInfoC, bError, eqStatus); } if(mfi.existsInB() && mfi.existsInC()) { if(mfi.m_bEqualAB && mfi.m_bEqualAC) mfi.m_bEqualBC = true; else { if(mfi.dirB()) mfi.m_bEqualBC = true; else mfi.m_bEqualBC = fastFileComparison(*mfi.m_pFileInfoB, *mfi.m_pFileInfoC, bError, eqStatus); } } } if(mfi.isLinkA() != mfi.isLinkB()) mfi.m_bEqualAB = false; if(mfi.isLinkA() != mfi.isLinkC()) mfi.m_bEqualAC = false; if(mfi.isLinkB() != mfi.isLinkC()) mfi.m_bEqualBC = false; if(mfi.dirA() != mfi.dirB()) mfi.m_bEqualAB = false; if(mfi.dirA() != mfi.dirC()) mfi.m_bEqualAC = false; if(mfi.dirB() != mfi.dirC()) mfi.m_bEqualBC = false; Q_ASSERT(eNew == 0 && eMiddle == 1 && eOld == 2); // The map automatically sorts the keys. int age = eNew; std::map::reverse_iterator i; for(i = dateMap.rbegin(); i != dateMap.rend(); ++i) { int n = i->second; if(n == 0 && mfi.m_ageA == eNotThere) { mfi.m_ageA = (e_Age)age; ++age; if(mfi.m_bEqualAB) { mfi.m_ageB = mfi.m_ageA; ++age; } if(mfi.m_bEqualAC) { mfi.m_ageC = mfi.m_ageA; ++age; } } else if(n == 1 && mfi.m_ageB == eNotThere) { mfi.m_ageB = (e_Age)age; ++age; if(mfi.m_bEqualAB) { mfi.m_ageA = mfi.m_ageB; ++age; } if(mfi.m_bEqualBC) { mfi.m_ageC = mfi.m_ageB; ++age; } } else if(n == 2 && mfi.m_ageC == eNotThere) { mfi.m_ageC = (e_Age)age; ++age; if(mfi.m_bEqualAC) { mfi.m_ageA = mfi.m_ageC; ++age; } if(mfi.m_bEqualBC) { mfi.m_ageB = mfi.m_ageC; ++age; } } } // The checks below are necessary when the dates of the file are equal but the // files are not. One wouldn't expect this to happen, yet it happens sometimes. if(mfi.existsInC() && mfi.m_ageC == eNotThere) { mfi.m_ageC = (e_Age)age; ++age; mfi.m_bConflictingAges = true; } if(mfi.existsInB() && mfi.m_ageB == eNotThere) { mfi.m_ageB = (e_Age)age; ++age; mfi.m_bConflictingAges = true; } if(mfi.existsInA() && mfi.m_ageA == eNotThere) { mfi.m_ageA = (e_Age)age; ++age; mfi.m_bConflictingAges = true; } if(mfi.m_ageA != eOld && mfi.m_ageB != eOld && mfi.m_ageC != eOld) { if(mfi.m_ageA == eMiddle) mfi.m_ageA = eOld; if(mfi.m_ageB == eMiddle) mfi.m_ageB = eOld; if(mfi.m_ageC == eMiddle) mfi.m_ageC = eOld; } } static QPixmap* s_pm_dir; static QPixmap* s_pm_file; static QPixmap* pmNotThere; static QPixmap* pmNew; static QPixmap* pmOld; static QPixmap* pmMiddle; static QPixmap* pmLink; static QPixmap* pmDirLink; static QPixmap* pmFileLink; static QPixmap* pmNewLink; static QPixmap* pmOldLink; static QPixmap* pmMiddleLink; static QPixmap* pmNewDir; static QPixmap* pmMiddleDir; static QPixmap* pmOldDir; static QPixmap* pmNewDirLink; static QPixmap* pmMiddleDirLink; static QPixmap* pmOldDirLink; static QPixmap colorToPixmap(QColor c) { QPixmap pm(16, 16); QPainter p(&pm); p.setPen(Qt::black); p.setBrush(c); p.drawRect(0, 0, pm.width(), pm.height()); return pm; } static void initPixmaps(QColor newest, QColor oldest, QColor middle, QColor notThere) { if(pmNew == nullptr) { pmNotThere = new QPixmap; pmNew = new QPixmap; pmOld = new QPixmap; pmMiddle = new QPixmap; #include "xpm/link_arrow.xpm" pmLink = new QPixmap(link_arrow); pmDirLink = new QPixmap; pmFileLink = new QPixmap; pmNewLink = new QPixmap; pmOldLink = new QPixmap; pmMiddleLink = new QPixmap; pmNewDir = new QPixmap; pmMiddleDir = new QPixmap; pmOldDir = new QPixmap; pmNewDirLink = new QPixmap; pmMiddleDirLink = new QPixmap; pmOldDirLink = new QPixmap; } *pmNotThere = colorToPixmap(notThere); *pmNew = colorToPixmap(newest); *pmOld = colorToPixmap(oldest); *pmMiddle = colorToPixmap(middle); *pmDirLink = pixCombiner(s_pm_dir, pmLink); *pmFileLink = pixCombiner(s_pm_file, pmLink); *pmNewLink = pixCombiner(pmNew, pmLink); *pmOldLink = pixCombiner(pmOld, pmLink); *pmMiddleLink = pixCombiner(pmMiddle, pmLink); *pmNewDir = pixCombiner2(pmNew, s_pm_dir); *pmMiddleDir = pixCombiner2(pmMiddle, s_pm_dir); *pmOldDir = pixCombiner2(pmOld, s_pm_dir); *pmNewDirLink = pixCombiner(pmNewDir, pmLink); *pmMiddleDirLink = pixCombiner(pmMiddleDir, pmLink); *pmOldDirLink = pixCombiner(pmOldDir, pmLink); } static QPixmap getOnePixmap(e_Age eAge, bool bLink, bool bDir) { static QPixmap* ageToPm[] = {pmNew, pmMiddle, pmOld, pmNotThere, s_pm_file}; static QPixmap* ageToPmLink[] = {pmNewLink, pmMiddleLink, pmOldLink, pmNotThere, pmFileLink}; static QPixmap* ageToPmDir[] = {pmNewDir, pmMiddleDir, pmOldDir, pmNotThere, s_pm_dir}; static QPixmap* ageToPmDirLink[] = {pmNewDirLink, pmMiddleDirLink, pmOldDirLink, pmNotThere, pmDirLink}; QPixmap** ppPm = bDir ? (bLink ? ageToPmDirLink : ageToPmDir) : (bLink ? ageToPmLink : ageToPm); return *ppPm[eAge]; } static void setPixmaps(MergeFileInfos& mfi, bool) { if(mfi.dirA() || mfi.dirB() || mfi.dirC()) { mfi.m_ageA = eNotThere; mfi.m_ageB = eNotThere; mfi.m_ageC = eNotThere; int age = eNew; if(mfi.existsInC()) { mfi.m_ageC = (e_Age)age; if(mfi.m_bEqualAC) mfi.m_ageA = (e_Age)age; if(mfi.m_bEqualBC) mfi.m_ageB = (e_Age)age; ++age; } if(mfi.existsInB() && mfi.m_ageB == eNotThere) { mfi.m_ageB = (e_Age)age; if(mfi.m_bEqualAB) mfi.m_ageA = (e_Age)age; ++age; } if(mfi.existsInA() && mfi.m_ageA == eNotThere) { mfi.m_ageA = (e_Age)age; } if(mfi.m_ageA != eOld && mfi.m_ageB != eOld && mfi.m_ageC != eOld) { if(mfi.m_ageA == eMiddle) mfi.m_ageA = eOld; if(mfi.m_ageB == eMiddle) mfi.m_ageB = eOld; if(mfi.m_ageC == eMiddle) mfi.m_ageC = eOld; } } } static QModelIndex nextSibling(const QModelIndex& mi) { QModelIndex miParent = mi.parent(); int currentIdx = mi.row(); if(currentIdx + 1 < mi.model()->rowCount(miParent)) return mi.model()->index(mi.row() + 1, 0, miParent); // next child of parent return QModelIndex(); } // Iterate through the complete tree. Start by specifying QListView::firstChild(). QModelIndex DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::treeIterator(QModelIndex mi, bool bVisitChildren, bool bFindInvisible) { if(mi.isValid()) { do { if(bVisitChildren && mi.model()->rowCount(mi) != 0) mi = mi.model()->index(0, 0, mi); else { QModelIndex miNextSibling = nextSibling(mi); if(miNextSibling.isValid()) mi = miNextSibling; else { mi = mi.parent(); while(mi.isValid()) { QModelIndex miNextSibling = nextSibling(mi); if(miNextSibling.isValid()) { mi = miNextSibling; break; } else { mi = mi.parent(); } } } } } while(mi.isValid() && q->isRowHidden(mi.row(), mi.parent()) && !bFindInvisible); } return mi; } void DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::prepareListView(ProgressProxy& pp) { static bool bFirstTime = true; if(bFirstTime) { #include "xpm/file.xpm" #include "xpm/folder.xpm" // FIXME specify correct icon loader group s_pm_dir = new QPixmap(m_pIconLoader->loadIcon("folder", KIconLoader::NoGroup, KIconLoader::Small)); if(s_pm_dir->size() != QSize(16, 16)) { delete s_pm_dir; s_pm_dir = new QPixmap(folder_pm); } s_pm_file = new QPixmap(file_pm); bFirstTime = false; } //TODO clear(); initPixmaps(m_pOptions->m_newestFileColor, m_pOptions->m_oldestFileColor, m_pOptions->m_midAgeFileColor, m_pOptions->m_missingFileColor); q->setRootIsDecorated(true); bool bCheckC = m_dirC.isValid(); t_fileMergeMap::iterator j; int nrOfFiles = m_fileMergeMap.size(); int currentIdx = 1; QTime t; t.start(); pp.setMaxNofSteps(nrOfFiles); for(j = m_fileMergeMap.begin(); j != m_fileMergeMap.end(); ++j) { MergeFileInfos& mfi = j.value(); // const QString& fileName = j->first; const QString& fileName = mfi.subPath(); pp.setInformation( i18n("Processing ") + QString::number(currentIdx) + " / " + QString::number(nrOfFiles) + "\n" + fileName, currentIdx, false); if(pp.wasCancelled()) break; ++currentIdx; // The comparisons and calculations for each file take place here. compareFilesAndCalcAges(mfi); // Get dirname from fileName: Search for "/" from end: int pos = fileName.lastIndexOf('/'); QString dirPart; QString filePart; if(pos == -1) { // Top dir filePart = fileName; } else { dirPart = fileName.left(pos); filePart = fileName.mid(pos + 1); } if(dirPart.isEmpty()) // Top level { m_pRoot->m_children.push_back(&mfi); //new DirMergeItem( this, filePart, &mfi ); mfi.m_pParent = m_pRoot; } else { FileAccess* pFA = mfi.m_pFileInfoA ? mfi.m_pFileInfoA : mfi.m_pFileInfoB ? mfi.m_pFileInfoB : mfi.m_pFileInfoC; MergeFileInfos& dirMfi = pFA->parent() ? m_fileMergeMap[FileKey(*pFA->parent())] : *m_pRoot; // parent dirMfi.m_children.push_back(&mfi); //new DirMergeItem( dirMfi.m_pDMI, filePart, &mfi ); mfi.m_pParent = &dirMfi; // // Equality for parent dirs is set in updateFileVisibilities() } setPixmaps(mfi, bCheckC); } beginResetModel(); endResetModel(); } static bool conflictingFileTypes(MergeFileInfos& mfi) { // Now check if file/dir-types fit. if(mfi.isLinkA() || mfi.isLinkB() || mfi.isLinkC()) { if((mfi.existsInA() && !mfi.isLinkA()) || (mfi.existsInB() && !mfi.isLinkB()) || (mfi.existsInC() && !mfi.isLinkC())) { return true; } } if(mfi.dirA() || mfi.dirB() || mfi.dirC()) { if((mfi.existsInA() && !mfi.dirA()) || (mfi.existsInB() && !mfi.dirB()) || (mfi.existsInC() && !mfi.dirC())) { return true; } } return false; } void DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::calcSuggestedOperation(const QModelIndex& mi, e_MergeOperation eDefaultMergeOp) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi); if(pMFI == nullptr) return; MergeFileInfos& mfi = *pMFI; bool bCheckC = m_dirC.isValid(); bool bCopyNewer = m_pOptions->m_bDmCopyNewer; bool bOtherDest = !((m_dirDestInternal.absoluteFilePath() == m_dirA.absoluteFilePath()) || (m_dirDestInternal.absoluteFilePath() == m_dirB.absoluteFilePath()) || (bCheckC && m_dirDestInternal.absoluteFilePath() == m_dirC.absoluteFilePath())); if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeABCToDest && !bCheckC) { eDefaultMergeOp = eMergeABToDest; } if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToAB && bCheckC) { Q_ASSERT(true); } if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToA || eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToB || eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeABCToDest || eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeABToDest || eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToAB) { if(!bCheckC) { if(mfi.m_bEqualAB) { setMergeOperation(mi, bOtherDest ? eCopyBToDest : eNoOperation); } else if(mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInB()) { if(!bCopyNewer || mfi.dirA()) setMergeOperation(mi, eDefaultMergeOp); else if(bCopyNewer && mfi.m_bConflictingAges) { setMergeOperation(mi, eConflictingAges); } else { if(mfi.m_ageA == eNew) setMergeOperation(mi, eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToAB ? eCopyAToB : eCopyAToDest); else setMergeOperation(mi, eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToAB ? eCopyBToA : eCopyBToDest); } } else if(!mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInB()) { if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeABToDest) setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyBToDest); else if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToB) setMergeOperation(mi, eNoOperation); else setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyBToA); } else if(mfi.existsInA() && !mfi.existsInB()) { if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeABToDest) setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyAToDest); else if(eDefaultMergeOp == eMergeToA) setMergeOperation(mi, eNoOperation); else setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyAToB); } else //if ( !mfi.existsInA() && !mfi.existsInB() ) { setMergeOperation(mi, eNoOperation); } } else { if(mfi.m_bEqualAB && mfi.m_bEqualAC) { setMergeOperation(mi, bOtherDest ? eCopyCToDest : eNoOperation); } else if(mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInB() && mfi.existsInC()) { if(mfi.m_bEqualAB) setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyCToDest); else if(mfi.m_bEqualAC) setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyBToDest); else if(mfi.m_bEqualBC) setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyCToDest); else setMergeOperation(mi, eMergeABCToDest); } else if(mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInB() && !mfi.existsInC()) { if(mfi.m_bEqualAB) setMergeOperation(mi, eDeleteFromDest); else setMergeOperation(mi, eChangedAndDeleted); } else if(mfi.existsInA() && !mfi.existsInB() && mfi.existsInC()) { if(mfi.m_bEqualAC) setMergeOperation(mi, eDeleteFromDest); else setMergeOperation(mi, eChangedAndDeleted); } else if(!mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInB() && mfi.existsInC()) { if(mfi.m_bEqualBC) setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyCToDest); else setMergeOperation(mi, eMergeABCToDest); } else if(!mfi.existsInA() && !mfi.existsInB() && mfi.existsInC()) { setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyCToDest); } else if(!mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInB() && !mfi.existsInC()) { setMergeOperation(mi, eCopyBToDest); } else if(mfi.existsInA() && !mfi.existsInB() && !mfi.existsInC()) { setMergeOperation(mi, eDeleteFromDest); } else //if ( !mfi.existsInA() && !mfi.existsInB() && !mfi.existsInC() ) { setMergeOperation(mi, eNoOperation); } } // Now check if file/dir-types fit. if(conflictingFileTypes(mfi)) { setMergeOperation(mi, eConflictingFileTypes); } } else { e_MergeOperation eMO = eDefaultMergeOp; switch(eDefaultMergeOp) { case eConflictingFileTypes: case eChangedAndDeleted: case eConflictingAges: case eDeleteA: case eDeleteB: case eDeleteAB: case eDeleteFromDest: case eNoOperation: break; case eCopyAToB: if(!mfi.existsInA()) { eMO = eDeleteB; } break; case eCopyBToA: if(!mfi.existsInB()) { eMO = eDeleteA; } break; case eCopyAToDest: if(!mfi.existsInA()) { eMO = eDeleteFromDest; } break; case eCopyBToDest: if(!mfi.existsInB()) { eMO = eDeleteFromDest; } break; case eCopyCToDest: if(!mfi.existsInC()) { eMO = eDeleteFromDest; } break; case eMergeToA: case eMergeToB: case eMergeToAB: case eMergeABCToDest: case eMergeABToDest: break; default: Q_ASSERT(true); break; } setMergeOperation(mi, eMO); } } void DirectoryMergeWindow::onDoubleClick(const QModelIndex& mi) { if(!mi.isValid()) return; d->m_bSimulatedMergeStarted = false; if(d->m_bDirectoryMerge) mergeCurrentFile(); else compareCurrentFile(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::currentChanged(const QModelIndex& current, const QModelIndex& previous) { QTreeView::currentChanged(current, previous); MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(current); if(pMFI == nullptr) return; d->m_pDirectoryMergeInfo->setInfo(d->m_dirA, d->m_dirB, d->m_dirC, d->m_dirDestInternal, *pMFI); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* e) { QTreeView::mousePressEvent(e); QModelIndex mi = indexAt(e->pos()); int c = mi.column(); QPoint p = e->globalPos(); MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(mi); if(pMFI == nullptr) return; MergeFileInfos& mfi = *pMFI; if(c == s_OpCol) { bool bThreeDirs = d->m_dirC.isValid(); QMenu m(this); if(bThreeDirs) { m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentDoNothing); int count = 0; if(mfi.existsInA()) { m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentChooseA); ++count; } if(mfi.existsInB()) { m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentChooseB); ++count; } if(mfi.existsInC()) { m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentChooseC); ++count; } if(!conflictingFileTypes(mfi) && count > 1) m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentMerge); m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentDelete); } else if(d->m_bSyncMode) { m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDoNothing); if(mfi.existsInA()) m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyAToB); if(mfi.existsInB()) m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyBToA); if(mfi.existsInA()) m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteA); if(mfi.existsInB()) m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteB); if(mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInB()) { m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteAAndB); if(!conflictingFileTypes(mfi)) { m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToA); m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToB); m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToAAndB); } } } else { m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentDoNothing); if(mfi.existsInA()) { m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentChooseA); } if(mfi.existsInB()) { m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentChooseB); } if(!conflictingFileTypes(mfi) && mfi.existsInA() && mfi.existsInB()) m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentMerge); m.addAction(d->m_pDirCurrentDelete); } m.exec(p); } else if(c == s_ACol || c == s_BCol || c == s_CCol) { QString itemPath; if(c == s_ACol && mfi.existsInA()) { itemPath = d->fullNameA(mfi); } else if(c == s_BCol && mfi.existsInB()) { itemPath = d->fullNameB(mfi); } else if(c == s_CCol && mfi.existsInC()) { itemPath = d->fullNameC(mfi); } if(!itemPath.isEmpty()) { d->selectItemAndColumn(mi, e->button() == Qt::RightButton); } } } void DirectoryMergeWindow::contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent* e) { QModelIndex mi = indexAt(e->pos()); int c = mi.column(); QPoint p = e->globalPos(); MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(mi); if(pMFI == nullptr) return; if(c == s_ACol || c == s_BCol || c == s_CCol) { QString itemPath; if(c == s_ACol && pMFI->existsInA()) { itemPath = d->fullNameA(*pMFI); } else if(c == s_BCol && pMFI->existsInB()) { itemPath = d->fullNameB(*pMFI); } else if(c == s_CCol && pMFI->existsInC()) { itemPath = d->fullNameC(*pMFI); } if(!itemPath.isEmpty()) { d->selectItemAndColumn(mi, true); QMenu m(this); m.addAction(d->m_pDirCompareExplicit); m.addAction(d->m_pDirMergeExplicit); // TODO: Do we need the special Windows implementation?! -- Disabled for now. //#ifndef Q_OS_WIN m.exec(p); // #else // void showShellContextMenu(const QString&, QPoint, QWidget*, QMenu*); // showShellContextMenu(itemPath, p, this, &m); // #endif } } } QString DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::getFileName(const QModelIndex& mi) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi); if(pMFI != nullptr) { return mi.column() == s_ACol ? pMFI->m_pFileInfoA->absoluteFilePath() : mi.column() == s_BCol ? pMFI->m_pFileInfoB->absoluteFilePath() : mi.column() == s_CCol ? pMFI->m_pFileInfoC->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""); } return ""; } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::isDir(const QModelIndex& mi) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi); if(pMFI != nullptr) { return mi.column() == s_ACol ? pMFI->dirA() : mi.column() == s_BCol ? pMFI->dirB() : pMFI->dirC(); } return false; } void DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::selectItemAndColumn(const QModelIndex& mi, bool bContextMenu) { if(bContextMenu && (mi == m_selection1Index || mi == m_selection2Index || mi == m_selection3Index)) return; QModelIndex old1 = m_selection1Index; QModelIndex old2 = m_selection2Index; QModelIndex old3 = m_selection3Index; bool bReset = false; if(m_selection1Index.isValid()) { if(isDir(m_selection1Index) != isDir(mi)) bReset = true; } if(bReset || m_selection3Index.isValid() || mi == m_selection1Index || mi == m_selection2Index || mi == m_selection3Index) { // restart m_selection1Index = QModelIndex(); m_selection2Index = QModelIndex(); m_selection3Index = QModelIndex(); } else if(!m_selection1Index.isValid()) { m_selection1Index = mi; m_selection2Index = QModelIndex(); m_selection3Index = QModelIndex(); } else if(!m_selection2Index.isValid()) { m_selection2Index = mi; m_selection3Index = QModelIndex(); } else if(!m_selection3Index.isValid()) { m_selection3Index = mi; } - if(old1.isValid()) dataChanged(old1, old1); - if(old2.isValid()) dataChanged(old2, old2); - if(old3.isValid()) dataChanged(old3, old3); - if(m_selection1Index.isValid()) dataChanged(m_selection1Index, m_selection1Index); - if(m_selection2Index.isValid()) dataChanged(m_selection2Index, m_selection2Index); - if(m_selection3Index.isValid()) dataChanged(m_selection3Index, m_selection3Index); + if(old1.isValid()) emit dataChanged(old1, old1); + if(old2.isValid()) emit dataChanged(old2, old2); + if(old3.isValid()) emit dataChanged(old3, old3); + if(m_selection1Index.isValid()) emit dataChanged(m_selection1Index, m_selection1Index); + if(m_selection2Index.isValid()) emit dataChanged(m_selection2Index, m_selection2Index); + if(m_selection3Index.isValid()) emit dataChanged(m_selection3Index, m_selection3Index); emit q->updateAvailabilities(); } //TODO //void DirMergeItem::init(MergeFileInfos* pMFI) //{ // pMFI->m_pDMI = this; // m_pMFI = pMFI; // TotalDiffStatus& tds = pMFI->m_totalDiffStatus; // if ( m_pMFI->dirA() || m_pMFI->dirB() || m_pMFI->dirC() ) // { // } // else // { // setText( s_UnsolvedCol, QString::number( tds.nofUnsolvedConflicts ) ); // setText( s_SolvedCol, QString::number( tds.nofSolvedConflicts ) ); // setText( s_NonWhiteCol, QString::number( tds.nofUnsolvedConflicts + tds.nofSolvedConflicts - tds.nofWhitespaceConflicts ) ); // setText( s_WhiteCol, QString::number( tds.nofWhitespaceConflicts ) ); // } // setSizeHint( s_ACol, QSize(17,17) ); // Iconsize // setSizeHint( s_BCol, QSize(17,17) ); // Iconsize // setSizeHint( s_CCol, QSize(17,17) ); // Iconsize //} class MfiCompare { Qt::SortOrder mOrder; public: explicit MfiCompare(Qt::SortOrder order) { mOrder = order; } bool operator()(MergeFileInfos* pMFI1, MergeFileInfos* pMFI2) { bool bDir1 = pMFI1->dirA() || pMFI1->dirB() || pMFI1->dirC(); bool bDir2 = pMFI2->dirA() || pMFI2->dirB() || pMFI2->dirC(); if(bDir1 == bDir2) { if(mOrder == Qt::AscendingOrder) { return pMFI1->fileName().compare(pMFI2->fileName(), Qt::CaseInsensitive) < 0; } else { return pMFI1->fileName().compare(pMFI2->fileName(), Qt::CaseInsensitive) > 0; } } else return bDir1; } }; static void sortHelper(MergeFileInfos* pMFI, Qt::SortOrder order) { std::sort(pMFI->m_children.begin(), pMFI->m_children.end(), MfiCompare(order)); for(int i = 0; i < pMFI->m_children.count(); ++i) sortHelper(pMFI->m_children[i], order); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::sort(int column, Qt::SortOrder order) { Q_UNUSED(column); beginResetModel(); sortHelper(m_pRoot, order); endResetModel(); } // //DirMergeItem::~DirMergeItem() //{ // m_pMFI->m_pDMI = 0; //} void DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::setMergeOperation(const QModelIndex& mi, e_MergeOperation eMOp, bool bRecursive) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi); if(pMFI == nullptr) return; MergeFileInfos& mfi = *pMFI; if(eMOp != mfi.m_eMergeOperation) { mfi.m_bOperationComplete = false; setOpStatus(mi, eOpStatusNone); } mfi.m_eMergeOperation = eMOp; if(bRecursive) { e_MergeOperation eChildrenMergeOp = mfi.m_eMergeOperation; if(eChildrenMergeOp == eConflictingFileTypes) eChildrenMergeOp = eMergeABCToDest; for(int childIdx = 0; childIdx < mfi.m_children.count(); ++childIdx) { calcSuggestedOperation(index(childIdx, 0, mi), eChildrenMergeOp); } } } void DirectoryMergeWindow::compareCurrentFile() { if(!d->canContinue()) return; if(d->m_bRealMergeStarted) { KMessageBox::sorry(this, i18n("This operation is currently not possible."), i18n("Operation Not Possible")); return; } if(MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(currentIndex())) { if(!(pMFI->dirA() || pMFI->dirB() || pMFI->dirC())) { emit startDiffMerge( pMFI->existsInA() ? pMFI->m_pFileInfoA->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""), pMFI->existsInB() ? pMFI->m_pFileInfoB->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""), pMFI->existsInC() ? pMFI->m_pFileInfoC->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""), "", "", "", "", nullptr); } } emit updateAvailabilities(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotCompareExplicitlySelectedFiles() { if(!d->isDir(d->m_selection1Index) && !d->canContinue()) return; if(d->m_bRealMergeStarted) { KMessageBox::sorry(this, i18n("This operation is currently not possible."), i18n("Operation Not Possible")); return; } emit startDiffMerge( d->getFileName(d->m_selection1Index), d->getFileName(d->m_selection2Index), d->getFileName(d->m_selection3Index), "", "", "", "", nullptr); d->m_selection1Index = QModelIndex(); d->m_selection2Index = QModelIndex(); d->m_selection3Index = QModelIndex(); emit updateAvailabilities(); update(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotMergeExplicitlySelectedFiles() { if(!d->isDir(d->m_selection1Index) && !d->canContinue()) return; if(d->m_bRealMergeStarted) { KMessageBox::sorry(this, i18n("This operation is currently not possible."), i18n("Operation Not Possible")); return; } QString fn1 = d->getFileName(d->m_selection1Index); QString fn2 = d->getFileName(d->m_selection2Index); QString fn3 = d->getFileName(d->m_selection3Index); emit startDiffMerge(fn1, fn2, fn3, fn3.isEmpty() ? fn2 : fn3, "", "", "", nullptr); d->m_selection1Index = QModelIndex(); d->m_selection2Index = QModelIndex(); d->m_selection3Index = QModelIndex(); emit updateAvailabilities(); update(); } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::isFileSelected() { if(MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(currentIndex())) { return !(pMFI->dirA() || pMFI->dirB() || pMFI->dirC() || conflictingFileTypes(*pMFI)); } return false; } void DirectoryMergeWindow::mergeResultSaved(const QString& fileName) { QModelIndex mi = (d->m_mergeItemList.empty() || d->m_currentIndexForOperation == d->m_mergeItemList.end()) ? QModelIndex() : *d->m_currentIndexForOperation; MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(mi); if(pMFI == nullptr) { // This can happen if the same file is saved and modified and saved again. Nothing to do then. return; } if(fileName == d->fullNameDest(*pMFI)) { MergeFileInfos& mfi = *pMFI; if(mfi.m_eMergeOperation == eMergeToAB) { bool bSuccess = d->copyFLD(d->fullNameB(mfi), d->fullNameA(mfi)); if(!bSuccess) { KMessageBox::error(this, i18n("An error occurred while copying.\n"), i18n("Error")); d->m_pStatusInfo->setWindowTitle(i18n("Merge Error")); d->m_pStatusInfo->exec(); //if ( m_pStatusInfo->firstChild()!=0 ) // m_pStatusInfo->ensureItemVisible( m_pStatusInfo->last() ); d->m_bError = true; d->setOpStatus(mi, eOpStatusError); mfi.m_eMergeOperation = eCopyBToA; return; } } d->setOpStatus(mi, eOpStatusDone); pMFI->m_bOperationComplete = true; if(d->m_mergeItemList.size() == 1) { d->m_mergeItemList.clear(); d->m_bRealMergeStarted = false; } } emit updateAvailabilities(); } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::canContinue() { bool bCanContinue = false; - q->checkIfCanContinue(&bCanContinue); + + emit q->checkIfCanContinue(&bCanContinue); + if(bCanContinue && !m_bError) { QModelIndex mi = (m_mergeItemList.empty() || m_currentIndexForOperation == m_mergeItemList.end()) ? QModelIndex() : *m_currentIndexForOperation; MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi); if(pMFI && !pMFI->m_bOperationComplete) { setOpStatus(mi, eOpStatusNotSaved); pMFI->m_bOperationComplete = true; if(m_mergeItemList.size() == 1) { m_mergeItemList.clear(); m_bRealMergeStarted = false; } } } return bCanContinue; } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::executeMergeOperation(MergeFileInfos& mfi, bool& bSingleFileMerge) { bool bCreateBackups = m_pOptions->m_bDmCreateBakFiles; // First decide destname QString destName; switch(mfi.m_eMergeOperation) { case eNoOperation: break; case eDeleteAB: break; case eMergeToAB: // let the user save in B. In mergeResultSaved() the file will be copied to A. case eMergeToB: case eDeleteB: case eCopyAToB: destName = fullNameB(mfi); break; case eMergeToA: case eDeleteA: case eCopyBToA: destName = fullNameA(mfi); break; case eMergeABToDest: case eMergeABCToDest: case eCopyAToDest: case eCopyBToDest: case eCopyCToDest: case eDeleteFromDest: destName = fullNameDest(mfi); break; default: KMessageBox::error(q, i18n("Unknown merge operation. (This must never happen!)"), i18n("Error")); } bool bSuccess = false; bSingleFileMerge = false; switch(mfi.m_eMergeOperation) { case eNoOperation: bSuccess = true; break; case eCopyAToDest: case eCopyAToB: bSuccess = copyFLD(fullNameA(mfi), destName); break; case eCopyBToDest: case eCopyBToA: bSuccess = copyFLD(fullNameB(mfi), destName); break; case eCopyCToDest: bSuccess = copyFLD(fullNameC(mfi), destName); break; case eDeleteFromDest: case eDeleteA: case eDeleteB: bSuccess = deleteFLD(destName, bCreateBackups); break; case eDeleteAB: bSuccess = deleteFLD(fullNameA(mfi), bCreateBackups) && deleteFLD(fullNameB(mfi), bCreateBackups); break; case eMergeABToDest: case eMergeToA: case eMergeToAB: case eMergeToB: bSuccess = mergeFLD(fullNameA(mfi), fullNameB(mfi), "", destName, bSingleFileMerge); break; case eMergeABCToDest: bSuccess = mergeFLD( mfi.existsInA() ? fullNameA(mfi) : QString(""), mfi.existsInB() ? fullNameB(mfi) : QString(""), mfi.existsInC() ? fullNameC(mfi) : QString(""), destName, bSingleFileMerge); break; default: KMessageBox::error(q, i18n("Unknown merge operation."), i18n("Error")); } return bSuccess; } // Check if the merge can start, and prepare the m_mergeItemList which then contains all // items that must be merged. void DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::prepareMergeStart(const QModelIndex& miBegin, const QModelIndex& miEnd, bool bVerbose) { if(bVerbose) { int status = KMessageBox::warningYesNoCancel(q, i18n("The merge is about to begin.\n\n" "Choose \"Do it\" if you have read the instructions and know what you are doing.\n" "Choosing \"Simulate it\" will tell you what would happen.\n\n" "Be aware that this program still has beta status " "and there is NO WARRANTY whatsoever! Make backups of your vital data!"), i18n("Starting Merge"), KGuiItem(i18n("Do It")), KGuiItem(i18n("Simulate It"))); if(status == KMessageBox::Yes) m_bRealMergeStarted = true; else if(status == KMessageBox::No) m_bSimulatedMergeStarted = true; else return; } else { m_bRealMergeStarted = true; } m_mergeItemList.clear(); if(!miBegin.isValid()) return; for(QModelIndex mi = miBegin; mi != miEnd; mi = treeIterator(mi)) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(mi); if(pMFI && !pMFI->m_bOperationComplete) { m_mergeItemList.push_back(mi); QString errorText; if(pMFI->m_eMergeOperation == eConflictingFileTypes) { errorText = i18n("The highlighted item has a different type in the different directories. Select what to do."); } if(pMFI->m_eMergeOperation == eConflictingAges) { errorText = i18n("The modification dates of the file are equal but the files are not. Select what to do."); } if(pMFI->m_eMergeOperation == eChangedAndDeleted) { errorText = i18n("The highlighted item was changed in one directory and deleted in the other. Select what to do."); } if(!errorText.isEmpty()) { q->scrollTo(mi, QAbstractItemView::EnsureVisible); q->setCurrentIndex(mi); KMessageBox::error(q, errorText, i18n("Error")); m_mergeItemList.clear(); m_bRealMergeStarted = false; return; } } } m_currentIndexForOperation = m_mergeItemList.begin(); return; } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotRunOperationForCurrentItem() { if(!d->canContinue()) return; bool bVerbose = false; if(d->m_mergeItemList.empty()) { QModelIndex miBegin = currentIndex(); QModelIndex miEnd = d->treeIterator(miBegin, false, false); // find next visible sibling (no children) d->prepareMergeStart(miBegin, miEnd, bVerbose); d->mergeContinue(true, bVerbose); } else d->mergeContinue(false, bVerbose); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotRunOperationForAllItems() { if(!d->canContinue()) return; bool bVerbose = true; if(d->m_mergeItemList.empty()) { QModelIndex miBegin = d->rowCount() > 0 ? d->index(0, 0, QModelIndex()) : QModelIndex(); d->prepareMergeStart(miBegin, QModelIndex(), bVerbose); d->mergeContinue(true, bVerbose); } else d->mergeContinue(false, bVerbose); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::mergeCurrentFile() { if(!d->canContinue()) return; if(d->m_bRealMergeStarted) { KMessageBox::sorry(this, i18n("This operation is currently not possible because directory merge is currently running."), i18n("Operation Not Possible")); return; } if(isFileSelected()) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(currentIndex()); if(pMFI != nullptr) { MergeFileInfos& mfi = *pMFI; d->m_mergeItemList.clear(); d->m_mergeItemList.push_back(currentIndex()); d->m_currentIndexForOperation = d->m_mergeItemList.begin(); bool bDummy = false; d->mergeFLD( mfi.existsInA() ? mfi.m_pFileInfoA->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""), mfi.existsInB() ? mfi.m_pFileInfoB->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""), mfi.existsInC() ? mfi.m_pFileInfoC->absoluteFilePath() : QString(""), d->fullNameDest(mfi), bDummy); } } emit updateAvailabilities(); } // When bStart is true then m_currentIndexForOperation must still be processed. // When bVerbose is true then a messagebox will tell when the merge is complete. void DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::mergeContinue(bool bStart, bool bVerbose) { ProgressProxy pp; if(m_mergeItemList.empty()) return; int nrOfItems = 0; int nrOfCompletedItems = 0; int nrOfCompletedSimItems = 0; // Count the number of completed items (for the progress bar). for(MergeItemList::iterator i = m_mergeItemList.begin(); i != m_mergeItemList.end(); ++i) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(*i); ++nrOfItems; if(pMFI->m_bOperationComplete) ++nrOfCompletedItems; if(pMFI->m_bSimOpComplete) ++nrOfCompletedSimItems; } m_pStatusInfo->hide(); m_pStatusInfo->clear(); QModelIndex miCurrent = m_currentIndexForOperation == m_mergeItemList.end() ? QModelIndex() : *m_currentIndexForOperation; bool bContinueWithCurrentItem = bStart; // true for first item, else false bool bSkipItem = false; if(!bStart && m_bError && miCurrent.isValid()) { int status = KMessageBox::warningYesNoCancel(q, i18n("There was an error in the last step.\n" "Do you want to continue with the item that caused the error or do you want to skip this item?"), i18n("Continue merge after an error"), KGuiItem(i18n("Continue With Last Item")), KGuiItem(i18n("Skip Item"))); if(status == KMessageBox::Yes) bContinueWithCurrentItem = true; else if(status == KMessageBox::No) bSkipItem = true; else return; m_bError = false; } pp.setMaxNofSteps(nrOfItems); bool bSuccess = true; bool bSingleFileMerge = false; bool bSim = m_bSimulatedMergeStarted; while(bSuccess) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(miCurrent); if(pMFI == nullptr) { m_mergeItemList.clear(); m_bRealMergeStarted = false; break; } if(pMFI != nullptr && !bContinueWithCurrentItem) { if(bSim) { if(rowCount(miCurrent) == 0) { pMFI->m_bSimOpComplete = true; } } else { if(rowCount(miCurrent) == 0) { if(!pMFI->m_bOperationComplete) { setOpStatus(miCurrent, bSkipItem ? eOpStatusSkipped : eOpStatusDone); pMFI->m_bOperationComplete = true; bSkipItem = false; } } else { setOpStatus(miCurrent, eOpStatusInProgress); } } } if(!bContinueWithCurrentItem) { // Depth first QModelIndex miPrev = miCurrent; ++m_currentIndexForOperation; miCurrent = m_currentIndexForOperation == m_mergeItemList.end() ? QModelIndex() : *m_currentIndexForOperation; if((!miCurrent.isValid() || miCurrent.parent() != miPrev.parent()) && miPrev.parent().isValid()) { // Check if the parent may be set to "Done" QModelIndex miParent = miPrev.parent(); bool bDone = true; while(bDone && miParent.isValid()) { for(int childIdx = 0; childIdx < rowCount(miParent); ++childIdx) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(index(childIdx, 0, miParent)); if((!bSim && !pMFI->m_bOperationComplete) || (bSim && pMFI->m_bSimOpComplete)) { bDone = false; break; } } if(bDone) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = getMFI(miParent); if(bSim) pMFI->m_bSimOpComplete = bDone; else { setOpStatus(miParent, eOpStatusDone); pMFI->m_bOperationComplete = bDone; } } miParent = miParent.parent(); } } } if(!miCurrent.isValid()) // end? { if(m_bRealMergeStarted) { if(bVerbose) { KMessageBox::information(q, i18n("Merge operation complete."), i18n("Merge Complete")); } m_bRealMergeStarted = false; m_pStatusInfo->setWindowTitle(i18n("Merge Complete")); } if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted) { m_bSimulatedMergeStarted = false; QModelIndex mi = rowCount() > 0 ? index(0, 0, QModelIndex()) : QModelIndex(); for(; mi.isValid(); mi = treeIterator(mi)) { getMFI(mi)->m_bSimOpComplete = false; } m_pStatusInfo->setWindowTitle(i18n("Simulated merge complete: Check if you agree with the proposed operations.")); m_pStatusInfo->exec(); } m_mergeItemList.clear(); m_bRealMergeStarted = false; return; } MergeFileInfos& mfi = *getMFI(miCurrent); pp.setInformation(mfi.subPath(), bSim ? nrOfCompletedSimItems : nrOfCompletedItems, false // bRedrawUpdate ); bSuccess = executeMergeOperation(mfi, bSingleFileMerge); // Here the real operation happens. if(bSuccess) { if(bSim) ++nrOfCompletedSimItems; else ++nrOfCompletedItems; bContinueWithCurrentItem = false; } if(pp.wasCancelled()) break; } // end while //g_pProgressDialog->hide(); q->setCurrentIndex(miCurrent); q->scrollTo(miCurrent, EnsureVisible); if(!bSuccess && !bSingleFileMerge) { KMessageBox::error(q, i18n("An error occurred. Press OK to see detailed information.\n"), i18n("Error")); m_pStatusInfo->setWindowTitle(i18n("Merge Error")); m_pStatusInfo->exec(); //if ( m_pStatusInfo->firstChild()!=0 ) // m_pStatusInfo->ensureItemVisible( m_pStatusInfo->last() ); m_bError = true; setOpStatus(miCurrent, eOpStatusError); } else { m_bError = false; } emit q->updateAvailabilities(); if(m_currentIndexForOperation == m_mergeItemList.end()) { m_mergeItemList.clear(); m_bRealMergeStarted = false; } } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::deleteFLD(const QString& name, bool bCreateBackup) { FileAccess fi(name, true); if(!fi.exists()) return true; if(bCreateBackup) { bool bSuccess = renameFLD(name, name + ".orig"); if(!bSuccess) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: While deleting %1: Creating backup failed.", name)); return false; } } else { if(fi.isDir() && !fi.isSymLink()) m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("delete directory recursively( %1 )", name)); else m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("delete( %1 )", name)); if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted) { return true; } if(fi.isDir() && !fi.isSymLink()) // recursive directory delete only for real dirs, not symlinks { t_DirectoryList dirList; bool bSuccess = fi.listDir(&dirList, false, true, "*", "", "", false, false); // not recursive, find hidden files if(!bSuccess) { // No Permission to read directory or other error. m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: delete dir operation failed while trying to read the directory.")); return false; } t_DirectoryList::iterator it; // create list iterator for(it = dirList.begin(); it != dirList.end(); ++it) // for each file... { FileAccess& fi2 = *it; if(fi2.fileName() == "." || fi2.fileName() == "..") continue; bSuccess = deleteFLD(fi2.absoluteFilePath(), false); if(!bSuccess) break; } if(bSuccess) { bSuccess = FileAccess::removeDir(name); if(!bSuccess) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: rmdir( %1 ) operation failed.", name)); return false; } } } else { bool bSuccess = FileAccess::removeFile(name); if(!bSuccess) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: delete operation failed.")); return false; } } } return true; } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::mergeFLD(const QString& nameA, const QString& nameB, const QString& nameC, const QString& nameDest, bool& bSingleFileMerge) { FileAccess fi(nameA); if(fi.isDir()) { return makeDir(nameDest); } // Make sure that the dir exists, into which we will save the file later. int pos = nameDest.lastIndexOf('/'); if(pos > 0) { QString parentName = nameDest.left(pos); bool bSuccess = makeDir(parentName, true /*quiet*/); if(!bSuccess) return false; } m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("manual merge( %1, %2, %3 -> %4)", nameA, nameB, nameC, nameDest)); if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n(" Note: After a manual merge the user should continue by pressing F7.")); return true; } bSingleFileMerge = true; setOpStatus(*m_currentIndexForOperation, eOpStatusInProgress); q->scrollTo(*m_currentIndexForOperation, EnsureVisible); emit q->startDiffMerge(nameA, nameB, nameC, nameDest, "", "", "", nullptr); return false; } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::copyFLD(const QString& srcName, const QString& destName) { if(srcName == destName) return true; FileAccess fi(srcName); FileAccess faDest(destName, true); if(faDest.exists() && !(fi.isDir() && faDest.isDir() && (fi.isSymLink() == faDest.isSymLink()))) { bool bSuccess = deleteFLD(destName, m_pOptions->m_bDmCreateBakFiles); if(!bSuccess) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: copy( %1 -> %2 ) failed." "Deleting existing destination failed.", srcName, destName)); return false; } } if(fi.isSymLink() && ((fi.isDir() && !m_bFollowDirLinks) || (!fi.isDir() && !m_bFollowFileLinks))) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("copyLink( %1 -> %2 )", srcName, destName)); #if defined(Q_OS_WIN) // What are links? #else if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted) { return true; } FileAccess destFi(destName); if(!destFi.isLocal() || !fi.isLocal()) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: copyLink failed: Remote links are not yet supported.")); return false; } QString linkTarget = fi.readLink(); bool bSuccess = FileAccess::symLink(linkTarget, destName); if(!bSuccess) m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: copyLink failed.")); return bSuccess; #endif } if(fi.isDir()) { if(faDest.exists()) return true; else { bool bSuccess = makeDir(destName); return bSuccess; } } int pos = destName.lastIndexOf('/'); if(pos > 0) { QString parentName = destName.left(pos); bool bSuccess = makeDir(parentName, true /*quiet*/); if(!bSuccess) return false; } m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("copy( %1 -> %2 )", srcName, destName)); if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted) { return true; } FileAccess faSrc(srcName); bool bSuccess = faSrc.copyFile(destName); if(!bSuccess) m_pStatusInfo->addText(faSrc.getStatusText()); return bSuccess; } // Rename is not an operation that can be selected by the user. // It will only be used to create backups. // Hence it will delete an existing destination without making a backup (of the old backup.) bool DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::renameFLD(const QString& srcName, const QString& destName) { if(srcName == destName) return true; if(FileAccess(destName, true).exists()) { bool bSuccess = deleteFLD(destName, false /*no backup*/); if(!bSuccess) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error during rename( %1 -> %2 ): " "Cannot delete existing destination.", srcName, destName)); return false; } } m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("rename( %1 -> %2 )", srcName, destName)); if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted) { return true; } bool bSuccess = FileAccess(srcName).rename(destName); if(!bSuccess) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error: Rename failed.")); return false; } return true; } bool DirectoryMergeWindow::Data::makeDir(const QString& name, bool bQuiet) { FileAccess fi(name, true); if(fi.exists() && fi.isDir()) return true; if(fi.exists() && !fi.isDir()) { bool bSuccess = deleteFLD(name, true); if(!bSuccess) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error during makeDir of %1. " "Cannot delete existing file.", name)); return false; } } int pos = name.lastIndexOf('/'); if(pos > 0) { QString parentName = name.left(pos); bool bSuccess = makeDir(parentName, true); if(!bSuccess) return false; } if(!bQuiet) m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("makeDir( %1 )", name)); if(m_bSimulatedMergeStarted) { return true; } bool bSuccess = FileAccess::makeDir(name); if(bSuccess == false) { m_pStatusInfo->addText(i18n("Error while creating directory.")); return false; } return true; } DirectoryMergeInfo::DirectoryMergeInfo(QWidget* pParent) : QFrame(pParent) { QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(this); topLayout->setMargin(0); QGridLayout* grid = new QGridLayout(); topLayout->addLayout(grid); grid->setColumnStretch(1, 10); int line = 0; m_pA = new QLabel("A", this); grid->addWidget(m_pA, line, 0); m_pInfoA = new QLabel(this); grid->addWidget(m_pInfoA, line, 1); ++line; m_pB = new QLabel("B", this); grid->addWidget(m_pB, line, 0); m_pInfoB = new QLabel(this); grid->addWidget(m_pInfoB, line, 1); ++line; m_pC = new QLabel("C", this); grid->addWidget(m_pC, line, 0); m_pInfoC = new QLabel(this); grid->addWidget(m_pInfoC, line, 1); ++line; m_pDest = new QLabel(i18n("Dest"), this); grid->addWidget(m_pDest, line, 0); m_pInfoDest = new QLabel(this); grid->addWidget(m_pInfoDest, line, 1); ++line; m_pInfoList = new QTreeWidget(this); topLayout->addWidget(m_pInfoList); m_pInfoList->setHeaderLabels(QStringList() << i18n("Dir") << i18n("Type") << i18n("Size") << i18n("Attr") << i18n("Last Modification") << i18n("Link-Destination")); setMinimumSize(100, 100); m_pInfoList->installEventFilter(this); m_pInfoList->setRootIsDecorated(false); } bool DirectoryMergeInfo::eventFilter(QObject* o, QEvent* e) { if(e->type() == QEvent::FocusIn && o == m_pInfoList) emit gotFocus(); return false; } static void addListViewItem(QTreeWidget* pListView, const QString& dir, const QString& basePath, FileAccess* fi) { if(basePath.isEmpty()) { return; } else { if(fi != nullptr && fi->exists()) { QString dateString = fi->lastModified().toString("yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm:ss"); new QTreeWidgetItem( pListView, QStringList() << dir << QString(fi->isDir() ? i18n("Dir") : i18n("File")) + (fi->isSymLink() ? "-Link" : "") << QString::number(fi->size()) << QString(fi->isReadable() ? "r" : " ") + (fi->isWritable() ? "w" : " ") #ifdef Q_OS_WIN /*Future: Use GetFileAttributes()*/ << #else + (fi->isExecutable() ? "x" : " ") << #endif dateString << QString(fi->isSymLink() ? (" -> " + fi->readLink()) : QString(""))); } else { new QTreeWidgetItem( pListView, QStringList() << dir << i18n("not available") << "" << "" << "" << ""); } } } void DirectoryMergeInfo::setInfo( const FileAccess& dirA, const FileAccess& dirB, const FileAccess& dirC, const FileAccess& dirDest, MergeFileInfos& mfi) { bool bHideDest = false; if(dirA.absoluteFilePath() == dirDest.absoluteFilePath()) { m_pA->setText(i18n("A (Dest): ")); bHideDest = true; } else m_pA->setText(!dirC.isValid() ? QString("A: ") : i18n("A (Base): ")); m_pInfoA->setText(dirA.prettyAbsPath()); if(dirB.absoluteFilePath() == dirDest.absoluteFilePath()) { m_pB->setText(i18n("B (Dest): ")); bHideDest = true; } else m_pB->setText("B: "); m_pInfoB->setText(dirB.prettyAbsPath()); if(dirC.absoluteFilePath() == dirDest.absoluteFilePath()) { m_pC->setText(i18n("C (Dest): ")); bHideDest = true; } else m_pC->setText("C: "); m_pInfoC->setText(dirC.prettyAbsPath()); m_pDest->setText(i18n("Dest: ")); m_pInfoDest->setText(dirDest.prettyAbsPath()); if(!dirC.isValid()) { m_pC->hide(); m_pInfoC->hide(); } else { m_pC->show(); m_pInfoC->show(); } if(!dirDest.isValid() || bHideDest) { m_pDest->hide(); m_pInfoDest->hide(); } else { m_pDest->show(); m_pInfoDest->show(); } m_pInfoList->clear(); addListViewItem(m_pInfoList, "A", dirA.prettyAbsPath(), mfi.m_pFileInfoA); addListViewItem(m_pInfoList, "B", dirB.prettyAbsPath(), mfi.m_pFileInfoB); addListViewItem(m_pInfoList, "C", dirC.prettyAbsPath(), mfi.m_pFileInfoC); if(!bHideDest) { FileAccess fiDest(dirDest.prettyAbsPath() + "/" + mfi.subPath(), true); addListViewItem(m_pInfoList, i18n("Dest"), dirDest.prettyAbsPath(), &fiDest); } for(int i = 0; i < m_pInfoList->columnCount(); ++i) m_pInfoList->resizeColumnToContents(i); } QTextStream& operator<<(QTextStream& ts, MergeFileInfos& mfi) { ts << "{\n"; ValueMap vm; vm.writeEntry("SubPath", mfi.subPath()); vm.writeEntry("ExistsInA", mfi.existsInA()); vm.writeEntry("ExistsInB", mfi.existsInB()); vm.writeEntry("ExistsInC", mfi.existsInC()); vm.writeEntry("EqualAB", mfi.m_bEqualAB); vm.writeEntry("EqualAC", mfi.m_bEqualAC); vm.writeEntry("EqualBC", mfi.m_bEqualBC); //DirMergeItem* m_pDMI; //MergeFileInfos* m_pParent; vm.writeEntry("MergeOperation", (int)mfi.m_eMergeOperation); vm.writeEntry("DirA", mfi.dirA()); vm.writeEntry("DirB", mfi.dirB()); vm.writeEntry("DirC", mfi.dirC()); vm.writeEntry("LinkA", mfi.isLinkA()); vm.writeEntry("LinkB", mfi.isLinkB()); vm.writeEntry("LinkC", mfi.isLinkC()); vm.writeEntry("OperationComplete", mfi.m_bOperationComplete); //bool m_bSimOpComplete ); vm.writeEntry("AgeA", (int)mfi.m_ageA); vm.writeEntry("AgeB", (int)mfi.m_ageB); vm.writeEntry("AgeC", (int)mfi.m_ageC); vm.writeEntry("ConflictingAges", mfi.m_bConflictingAges); // Equal age but files are not! //FileAccess m_fileInfoA; //FileAccess m_fileInfoB; //FileAccess m_fileInfoC; //TotalDiffStatus m_totalDiffStatus; vm.save(ts); ts << "}\n"; return ts; } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotSaveMergeState() { //slotStatusMsg(i18n("Saving Directory Merge State ...")); //QString s = KFileDialog::getSaveUrl( QDir::currentPath(), 0, this, i18n("Save As...") ).url(); QString s = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(this, i18n("Save Directory Merge State As..."), QDir::currentPath(), nullptr); if(!s.isEmpty()) { d->m_dirMergeStateFilename = s; QFile file(d->m_dirMergeStateFilename); bool bSuccess = file.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly); if(bSuccess) { QTextStream ts(&file); QModelIndex mi(d->index(0, 0, QModelIndex())); while(mi.isValid()) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(mi); ts << *pMFI; mi = d->treeIterator(mi, true, true); } } } //slotStatusMsg(i18n("Ready.")); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotLoadMergeState() { } void DirectoryMergeWindow::updateFileVisibilities() { bool bShowIdentical = d->m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles->isChecked(); bool bShowDifferent = d->m_pDirShowDifferentFiles->isChecked(); bool bShowOnlyInA = d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInA->isChecked(); bool bShowOnlyInB = d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInB->isChecked(); bool bShowOnlyInC = d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInC->isChecked(); bool bThreeDirs = d->m_dirC.isValid(); d->m_selection1Index = QModelIndex(); d->m_selection2Index = QModelIndex(); d->m_selection3Index = QModelIndex(); // in first run set all dirs to equal and determine if they are not equal. // on second run don't change the equal-status anymore; it is needed to // set the visibility (when bShowIdentical is false). for(int loop = 0; loop < 2; ++loop) { QModelIndex mi = d->rowCount() > 0 ? d->index(0, 0, QModelIndex()) : QModelIndex(); while(mi.isValid()) { MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(mi); bool bDir = pMFI->dirA() || pMFI->dirB() || pMFI->dirC(); if(loop == 0 && bDir) { bool bChange = false; if(!pMFI->m_bEqualAB && pMFI->dirA() == pMFI->dirB() && pMFI->isLinkA() == pMFI->isLinkB()) { pMFI->m_bEqualAB = true; bChange = true; } if(!pMFI->m_bEqualBC && pMFI->dirC() == pMFI->dirB() && pMFI->isLinkC() == pMFI->isLinkB()) { pMFI->m_bEqualBC = true; bChange = true; } if(!pMFI->m_bEqualAC && pMFI->dirA() == pMFI->dirC() && pMFI->isLinkA() == pMFI->isLinkC()) { pMFI->m_bEqualAC = true; bChange = true; } if(bChange) setPixmaps(*pMFI, bThreeDirs); } bool bExistsEverywhere = pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB() && (pMFI->existsInC() || !bThreeDirs); int existCount = int(pMFI->existsInA()) + int(pMFI->existsInB()) + int(pMFI->existsInC()); bool bVisible = (bShowIdentical && bExistsEverywhere && pMFI->m_bEqualAB && (pMFI->m_bEqualAC || !bThreeDirs)) || ((bShowDifferent || bDir) && existCount >= 2 && (!pMFI->m_bEqualAB || !(pMFI->m_bEqualAC || !bThreeDirs))) || (bShowOnlyInA && pMFI->existsInA() && !pMFI->existsInB() && !pMFI->existsInC()) || (bShowOnlyInB && !pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB() && !pMFI->existsInC()) || (bShowOnlyInC && !pMFI->existsInA() && !pMFI->existsInB() && pMFI->existsInC()); QString fileName = pMFI->fileName(); bVisible = bVisible && ((bDir && !wildcardMultiMatch(d->m_pOptions->m_DmDirAntiPattern, fileName, d->m_bCaseSensitive)) || (wildcardMultiMatch(d->m_pOptions->m_DmFilePattern, fileName, d->m_bCaseSensitive) && !wildcardMultiMatch(d->m_pOptions->m_DmFileAntiPattern, fileName, d->m_bCaseSensitive))); setRowHidden(mi.row(), mi.parent(), !bVisible); bool bEqual = bThreeDirs ? pMFI->m_bEqualAB && pMFI->m_bEqualAC : pMFI->m_bEqualAB; if(!bEqual && bVisible && loop == 0) // Set all parents to "not equal" { MergeFileInfos* p2 = pMFI->m_pParent; while(p2 != nullptr) { bool bChange = false; if(!pMFI->m_bEqualAB && p2->m_bEqualAB) { p2->m_bEqualAB = false; bChange = true; } if(!pMFI->m_bEqualAC && p2->m_bEqualAC) { p2->m_bEqualAC = false; bChange = true; } if(!pMFI->m_bEqualBC && p2->m_bEqualBC) { p2->m_bEqualBC = false; bChange = true; } if(bChange) setPixmaps(*p2, bThreeDirs); else break; p2 = p2->m_pParent; } } mi = d->treeIterator(mi, true, true); } } } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotShowIdenticalFiles() { d->m_pOptions->m_bDmShowIdenticalFiles = d->m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles->isChecked(); updateFileVisibilities(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotShowDifferentFiles() { updateFileVisibilities(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotShowFilesOnlyInA() { updateFileVisibilities(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotShowFilesOnlyInB() { updateFileVisibilities(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotShowFilesOnlyInC() { updateFileVisibilities(); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotSynchronizeDirectories() {} void DirectoryMergeWindow::slotChooseNewerFiles() {} void DirectoryMergeWindow::initDirectoryMergeActions(QObject* pKDiff3App, KActionCollection* ac) { #include "xpm/showequalfiles.xpm" #include "xpm/showfilesonlyina.xpm" #include "xpm/showfilesonlyinb.xpm" #include "xpm/showfilesonlyinc.xpm" #include "xpm/startmerge.xpm" DirectoryMergeWindow* p = this; d->m_pDirStartOperation = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Start/Continue Directory Merge"), QKeySequence(Qt::Key_F7), p, SLOT(slotRunOperationForAllItems()), ac, "dir_start_operation"); d->m_pDirRunOperationForCurrentItem = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Run Operation for Current Item"), QKeySequence(Qt::Key_F6), p, SLOT(slotRunOperationForCurrentItem()), ac, "dir_run_operation_for_current_item"); d->m_pDirCompareCurrent = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Compare Selected File"), p, SLOT(compareCurrentFile()), ac, "dir_compare_current"); d->m_pDirMergeCurrent = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Merge Current File"), QIcon(QPixmap(startmerge)), i18n("Merge\nFile"), pKDiff3App, SLOT(slotMergeCurrentFile()), ac, "merge_current"); d->m_pDirFoldAll = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Fold All Subdirs"), p, SLOT(collapseAll()), ac, "dir_fold_all"); d->m_pDirUnfoldAll = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Unfold All Subdirs"), p, SLOT(expandAll()), ac, "dir_unfold_all"); d->m_pDirRescan = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Rescan"), QKeySequence(Qt::SHIFT + Qt::Key_F5), p, SLOT(reload()), ac, "dir_rescan"); d->m_pDirSaveMergeState = nullptr; //KDiff3::createAction< QAction >(i18n("Save Directory Merge State ..."), 0, p, SLOT(slotSaveMergeState()), ac, "dir_save_merge_state"); d->m_pDirLoadMergeState = nullptr; //KDiff3::createAction< QAction >(i18n("Load Directory Merge State ..."), 0, p, SLOT(slotLoadMergeState()), ac, "dir_load_merge_state"); d->m_pDirChooseAEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Choose A for All Items"), p, SLOT(slotChooseAEverywhere()), ac, "dir_choose_a_everywhere"); d->m_pDirChooseBEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Choose B for All Items"), p, SLOT(slotChooseBEverywhere()), ac, "dir_choose_b_everywhere"); d->m_pDirChooseCEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Choose C for All Items"), p, SLOT(slotChooseCEverywhere()), ac, "dir_choose_c_everywhere"); d->m_pDirAutoChoiceEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Auto-Choose Operation for All Items"), p, SLOT(slotAutoChooseEverywhere()), ac, "dir_autochoose_everywhere"); d->m_pDirDoNothingEverywhere = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("No Operation for All Items"), p, SLOT(slotNoOpEverywhere()), ac, "dir_nothing_everywhere"); // d->m_pDirSynchronizeDirectories = KDiff3::createAction< KToggleAction >(i18n("Synchronize Directories"), 0, this, SLOT(slotSynchronizeDirectories()), ac, "dir_synchronize_directories"); // d->m_pDirChooseNewerFiles = KDiff3::createAction< KToggleAction >(i18n("Copy Newer Files Instead of Merging"), 0, this, SLOT(slotChooseNewerFiles()), ac, "dir_choose_newer_files"); d->m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Show Identical Files"), QIcon(QPixmap(showequalfiles)), i18n("Identical\nFiles"), this, SLOT(slotShowIdenticalFiles()), ac, "dir_show_identical_files"); d->m_pDirShowDifferentFiles = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Show Different Files"), this, SLOT(slotShowDifferentFiles()), ac, "dir_show_different_files"); d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInA = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Show Files only in A"), QIcon(QPixmap(showfilesonlyina)), i18n("Files\nonly in A"), this, SLOT(slotShowFilesOnlyInA()), ac, "dir_show_files_only_in_a"); d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInB = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Show Files only in B"), QIcon(QPixmap(showfilesonlyinb)), i18n("Files\nonly in B"), this, SLOT(slotShowFilesOnlyInB()), ac, "dir_show_files_only_in_b"); d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInC = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Show Files only in C"), QIcon(QPixmap(showfilesonlyinc)), i18n("Files\nonly in C"), this, SLOT(slotShowFilesOnlyInC()), ac, "dir_show_files_only_in_c"); d->m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles->setChecked(d->m_pOptions->m_bDmShowIdenticalFiles); d->m_pDirCompareExplicit = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Compare Explicitly Selected Files"), p, SLOT(slotCompareExplicitlySelectedFiles()), ac, "dir_compare_explicitly_selected_files"); d->m_pDirMergeExplicit = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Merge Explicitly Selected Files"), p, SLOT(slotMergeExplicitlySelectedFiles()), ac, "dir_merge_explicitly_selected_files"); d->m_pDirCurrentDoNothing = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Do Nothing"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentDoNothing()), ac, "dir_current_do_nothing"); d->m_pDirCurrentChooseA = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("A"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentChooseA()), ac, "dir_current_choose_a"); d->m_pDirCurrentChooseB = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("B"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentChooseB()), ac, "dir_current_choose_b"); d->m_pDirCurrentChooseC = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("C"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentChooseC()), ac, "dir_current_choose_c"); d->m_pDirCurrentMerge = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Merge"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentMerge()), ac, "dir_current_merge"); d->m_pDirCurrentDelete = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Delete (if exists)"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentDelete()), ac, "dir_current_delete"); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDoNothing = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Do Nothing"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentDoNothing()), ac, "dir_current_sync_do_nothing"); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyAToB = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Copy A to B"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentCopyAToB()), ac, "dir_current_sync_copy_a_to_b"); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyBToA = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Copy B to A"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentCopyBToA()), ac, "dir_current_sync_copy_b_to_a"); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteA = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Delete A"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentDeleteA()), ac, "dir_current_sync_delete_a"); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteB = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Delete B"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentDeleteB()), ac, "dir_current_sync_delete_b"); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteAAndB = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Delete A && B"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentDeleteAAndB()), ac, "dir_current_sync_delete_a_and_b"); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToA = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Merge to A"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentMergeToA()), ac, "dir_current_sync_merge_to_a"); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToB = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Merge to B"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentMergeToB()), ac, "dir_current_sync_merge_to_b"); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToAAndB = KDiff3::createAction(i18n("Merge to A && B"), p, SLOT(slotCurrentMergeToAAndB()), ac, "dir_current_sync_merge_to_a_and_b"); } void DirectoryMergeWindow::updateAvailabilities(bool bDirCompare, bool bDiffWindowVisible, KToggleAction* chooseA, KToggleAction* chooseB, KToggleAction* chooseC) { d->m_pDirStartOperation->setEnabled(bDirCompare); d->m_pDirRunOperationForCurrentItem->setEnabled(bDirCompare); d->m_pDirFoldAll->setEnabled(bDirCompare); d->m_pDirUnfoldAll->setEnabled(bDirCompare); d->m_pDirCompareCurrent->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible() && isFileSelected()); d->m_pDirMergeCurrent->setEnabled((bDirCompare && isVisible() && isFileSelected()) || bDiffWindowVisible); d->m_pDirRescan->setEnabled(bDirCompare); d->m_pDirAutoChoiceEverywhere->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible()); d->m_pDirDoNothingEverywhere->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible()); d->m_pDirChooseAEverywhere->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible()); d->m_pDirChooseBEverywhere->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible()); d->m_pDirChooseCEverywhere->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible()); bool bThreeDirs = d->m_dirC.isValid(); MergeFileInfos* pMFI = d->getMFI(currentIndex()); bool bItemActive = bDirCompare && isVisible() && pMFI != nullptr; // && hasFocus(); bool bMergeMode = bThreeDirs || !d->m_bSyncMode; bool bFTConflict = pMFI == nullptr ? false : conflictingFileTypes(*pMFI); bool bDirWindowHasFocus = isVisible() && hasFocus(); d->m_pDirShowIdenticalFiles->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible()); d->m_pDirShowDifferentFiles->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible()); d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInA->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible()); d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInB->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible()); d->m_pDirShowFilesOnlyInC->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible() && bThreeDirs); d->m_pDirCompareExplicit->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible() && d->m_selection2Index.isValid()); d->m_pDirMergeExplicit->setEnabled(bDirCompare && isVisible() && d->m_selection2Index.isValid()); d->m_pDirCurrentDoNothing->setEnabled(bItemActive && bMergeMode); d->m_pDirCurrentChooseA->setEnabled(bItemActive && bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInA()); d->m_pDirCurrentChooseB->setEnabled(bItemActive && bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInB()); d->m_pDirCurrentChooseC->setEnabled(bItemActive && bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInC()); d->m_pDirCurrentMerge->setEnabled(bItemActive && bMergeMode && !bFTConflict); d->m_pDirCurrentDelete->setEnabled(bItemActive && bMergeMode); if(bDirWindowHasFocus) { chooseA->setEnabled(bItemActive && pMFI->existsInA()); chooseB->setEnabled(bItemActive && pMFI->existsInB()); chooseC->setEnabled(bItemActive && pMFI->existsInC()); chooseA->setChecked(false); chooseB->setChecked(false); chooseC->setChecked(false); } d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDoNothing->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyAToB->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInA()); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncCopyBToA->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInB()); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteA->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInA()); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteB->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInB()); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncDeleteAAndB->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && pMFI->existsInA() && pMFI->existsInB()); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToA->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && !bFTConflict); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToB->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && !bFTConflict); d->m_pDirCurrentSyncMergeToAAndB->setEnabled(bItemActive && !bMergeMode && !bFTConflict); } //#include "directorymergewindow.moc" diff --git a/src/mergeresultwindow.cpp b/src/mergeresultwindow.cpp index d15b009..4bf9488 100644 --- a/src/mergeresultwindow.cpp +++ b/src/mergeresultwindow.cpp @@ -1,3589 +1,3589 @@ /*************************************************************************** mergeresultwindow.cpp - description ------------------- begin : Sun Apr 14 2002 copyright : (C) 2002-2007 by Joachim Eibl email : joachim.eibl at gmx.de ***************************************************************************/ /*************************************************************************** * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * * (at your option) any later version. * * * ***************************************************************************/ #include "mergeresultwindow.h" #include "options.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include int g_bAutoSolve = true; #undef leftInfoWidth MergeResultWindow::MergeResultWindow( QWidget* pParent, Options* pOptions, QStatusBar* pStatusBar) : QWidget(pParent) { setObjectName("MergeResultWindow"); setFocusPolicy(Qt::ClickFocus); m_firstLine = 0; m_horizScrollOffset = 0; m_nofLines = 0; m_totalSize = 0; m_bMyUpdate = false; m_bInsertMode = true; m_scrollDeltaX = 0; m_scrollDeltaY = 0; m_bModified = false; m_eOverviewMode = Overview::eOMNormal; m_pldA = nullptr; m_pldB = nullptr; m_pldC = nullptr; m_sizeA = 0; m_sizeB = 0; m_sizeC = 0; m_pDiff3LineList = nullptr; m_pTotalDiffStatus = nullptr; m_pStatusBar = pStatusBar; if(m_pStatusBar) connect(m_pStatusBar, SIGNAL(messageChanged(const QString&)), this, SLOT(slotStatusMessageChanged(const QString&))); m_pOptions = pOptions; m_bPaintingAllowed = false; m_delayedDrawTimer = 0; m_cursorXPos = 0; m_cursorOldXPixelPos = 0; m_cursorYPos = 0; m_bCursorOn = true; m_bCursorUpdate = false; m_maxTextWidth = -1; connect(&m_cursorTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(slotCursorUpdate())); m_cursorTimer.setSingleShot(true); m_cursorTimer.start(500 /*ms*/); m_selection.reset(); setMinimumSize(QSize(20, 20)); setFont(m_pOptions->m_font); } void MergeResultWindow::init( const LineData* pLineDataA, int sizeA, const LineData* pLineDataB, int sizeB, const LineData* pLineDataC, int sizeC, const Diff3LineList* pDiff3LineList, TotalDiffStatus* pTotalDiffStatus) { m_firstLine = 0; m_horizScrollOffset = 0; m_nofLines = 0; m_bMyUpdate = false; m_bInsertMode = true; m_scrollDeltaX = 0; m_scrollDeltaY = 0; setModified(false); m_pldA = pLineDataA; m_pldB = pLineDataB; m_pldC = pLineDataC; m_sizeA = sizeA; m_sizeB = sizeB; m_sizeC = sizeC; m_pDiff3LineList = pDiff3LineList; m_pTotalDiffStatus = pTotalDiffStatus; m_selection.reset(); m_cursorXPos = 0; m_cursorOldXPixelPos = 0; m_cursorYPos = 0; m_maxTextWidth = -1; merge(g_bAutoSolve, -1); g_bAutoSolve = true; update(); updateSourceMask(); showUnsolvedConflictsStatusMessage(); } void MergeResultWindow::showUnsolvedConflictsStatusMessage() { if(m_pStatusBar) { int wsc; int nofUnsolved = getNrOfUnsolvedConflicts(&wsc); m_persistentStatusMessage = i18n("Number of remaining unsolved conflicts: %1 (of which %2 are whitespace)", nofUnsolved, wsc); m_pStatusBar->showMessage(m_persistentStatusMessage); } } void MergeResultWindow::slotStatusMessageChanged(const QString& s) { if(s.isEmpty() && !m_persistentStatusMessage.isEmpty()) { m_pStatusBar->showMessage(m_persistentStatusMessage, 0); } } void MergeResultWindow::reset() { m_pDiff3LineList = nullptr; m_pTotalDiffStatus = nullptr; m_pldA = nullptr; m_pldB = nullptr; m_pldC = nullptr; if(!m_persistentStatusMessage.isEmpty()) { m_persistentStatusMessage = QString(); } } // Calculate the merge information for the given Diff3Line. // Results will be stored in mergeDetails, bConflict, bLineRemoved and src. void mergeOneLine( const Diff3Line& d, e_MergeDetails& mergeDetails, bool& bConflict, bool& bLineRemoved, int& src, bool bTwoInputs) { mergeDetails = eDefault; bConflict = false; bLineRemoved = false; src = 0; if(bTwoInputs) // Only two input files { if(d.lineA != -1 && d.lineB != -1) { if(d.pFineAB == nullptr) { mergeDetails = eNoChange; src = A; } else { mergeDetails = eBChanged; bConflict = true; } } else { if(d.lineA != -1 && d.lineB == -1) { mergeDetails = eBDeleted; bConflict = true; } else if(d.lineA == -1 && d.lineB != -1) { mergeDetails = eBDeleted; bConflict = true; } } return; } // A is base. if(d.lineA != -1 && d.lineB != -1 && d.lineC != -1) { if(d.pFineAB == nullptr && d.pFineBC == nullptr && d.pFineCA == nullptr) { mergeDetails = eNoChange; src = A; } else if(d.pFineAB == nullptr && d.pFineBC != nullptr && d.pFineCA != nullptr) { mergeDetails = eCChanged; src = C; } else if(d.pFineAB != nullptr && d.pFineBC != nullptr && d.pFineCA == nullptr) { mergeDetails = eBChanged; src = B; } else if(d.pFineAB != nullptr && d.pFineBC == nullptr && d.pFineCA != nullptr) { mergeDetails = eBCChangedAndEqual; src = C; } else if(d.pFineAB != nullptr && d.pFineBC != nullptr && d.pFineCA != nullptr) { mergeDetails = eBCChanged; bConflict = true; } else Q_ASSERT(true); } else if(d.lineA != -1 && d.lineB != -1 && d.lineC == -1) { if(d.pFineAB != nullptr) { mergeDetails = eBChanged_CDeleted; bConflict = true; } else { mergeDetails = eCDeleted; bLineRemoved = true; src = C; } } else if(d.lineA != -1 && d.lineB == -1 && d.lineC != -1) { if(d.pFineCA != nullptr) { mergeDetails = eCChanged_BDeleted; bConflict = true; } else { mergeDetails = eBDeleted; bLineRemoved = true; src = B; } } else if(d.lineA == -1 && d.lineB != -1 && d.lineC != -1) { if(d.pFineBC != nullptr) { mergeDetails = eBCAdded; bConflict = true; } else // B==C { mergeDetails = eBCAddedAndEqual; src = C; } } else if(d.lineA == -1 && d.lineB == -1 && d.lineC != -1) { mergeDetails = eCAdded; src = C; } else if(d.lineA == -1 && d.lineB != -1 && d.lineC == -1) { mergeDetails = eBAdded; src = B; } else if(d.lineA != -1 && d.lineB == -1 && d.lineC == -1) { mergeDetails = eBCDeleted; bLineRemoved = true; src = C; } else Q_ASSERT(true); } bool MergeResultWindow::sameKindCheck(const MergeLine& ml1, const MergeLine& ml2) { if(ml1.bConflict && ml2.bConflict) { // Both lines have conflicts: If one is only a white space conflict and // the other one is a real conflict, then this line returns false. return ml1.id3l->bAEqC == ml2.id3l->bAEqC && ml1.id3l->bAEqB == ml2.id3l->bAEqB; } else return ( (!ml1.bConflict && !ml2.bConflict && ml1.bDelta && ml2.bDelta && ml1.srcSelect == ml2.srcSelect && (ml1.mergeDetails == ml2.mergeDetails || (ml1.mergeDetails != eBCAddedAndEqual && ml2.mergeDetails != eBCAddedAndEqual))) || (!ml1.bDelta && !ml2.bDelta)); } void MergeResultWindow::merge(bool bAutoSolve, int defaultSelector, bool bConflictsOnly, bool bWhiteSpaceOnly) { if(!bConflictsOnly) { if(m_bModified) { int result = KMessageBox::warningYesNo(this, i18n("The output has been modified.\n" "If you continue your changes will be lost."), i18n("Warning"), KStandardGuiItem::cont(), KStandardGuiItem::cancel()); if(result == KMessageBox::No) return; } m_mergeLineList.clear(); m_totalSize = 0; int lineIdx = 0; Diff3LineList::const_iterator it; for(it = m_pDiff3LineList->begin(); it != m_pDiff3LineList->end(); ++it, ++lineIdx) { const Diff3Line& d = *it; MergeLine ml; bool bLineRemoved; mergeOneLine(d, ml.mergeDetails, ml.bConflict, bLineRemoved, ml.srcSelect, m_pldC == nullptr); // Automatic solving for only whitespace changes. if(ml.bConflict && ((m_pldC == nullptr && (d.bAEqB || (d.bWhiteLineA && d.bWhiteLineB))) || (m_pldC != nullptr && ((d.bAEqB && d.bAEqC) || (d.bWhiteLineA && d.bWhiteLineB && d.bWhiteLineC))))) { ml.bWhiteSpaceConflict = true; } ml.d3lLineIdx = lineIdx; ml.bDelta = ml.srcSelect != A; ml.id3l = it; ml.srcRangeLength = 1; MergeLine* back = m_mergeLineList.empty() ? nullptr : &m_mergeLineList.back(); bool bSame = back != nullptr && sameKindCheck(ml, *back); if(bSame) { ++back->srcRangeLength; if(back->bWhiteSpaceConflict && !ml.bWhiteSpaceConflict) back->bWhiteSpaceConflict = false; } else { ml.mergeEditLineList.setTotalSizePtr(&m_totalSize); m_mergeLineList.push_back(ml); } if(!ml.bConflict) { MergeLine& tmpBack = m_mergeLineList.back(); MergeEditLine mel(ml.id3l); mel.setSource(ml.srcSelect, bLineRemoved); tmpBack.mergeEditLineList.push_back(mel); } else if(back == nullptr || !back->bConflict || !bSame) { MergeLine& tmpBack = m_mergeLineList.back(); MergeEditLine mel(ml.id3l); mel.setConflict(); tmpBack.mergeEditLineList.push_back(mel); } } } bool bSolveWhiteSpaceConflicts = false; if(bAutoSolve) // when true, then the other params are not used and we can change them here. (see all invocations of merge()) { if(m_pldC == nullptr && m_pOptions->m_whiteSpace2FileMergeDefault != 0) // Only two inputs { defaultSelector = m_pOptions->m_whiteSpace2FileMergeDefault; bWhiteSpaceOnly = true; bSolveWhiteSpaceConflicts = true; } else if(m_pldC != nullptr && m_pOptions->m_whiteSpace3FileMergeDefault != 0) { defaultSelector = m_pOptions->m_whiteSpace3FileMergeDefault; bWhiteSpaceOnly = true; bSolveWhiteSpaceConflicts = true; } } if(!bAutoSolve || bSolveWhiteSpaceConflicts) { // Change all auto selections MergeLineList::iterator mlIt; for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { MergeLine& ml = *mlIt; bool bConflict = ml.mergeEditLineList.empty() || ml.mergeEditLineList.begin()->isConflict(); if(ml.bDelta && (!bConflictsOnly || bConflict) && (!bWhiteSpaceOnly || ml.bWhiteSpaceConflict)) { ml.mergeEditLineList.clear(); if(defaultSelector == -1 && ml.bDelta) { MergeEditLine mel(ml.id3l); ; mel.setConflict(); ml.bConflict = true; ml.mergeEditLineList.push_back(mel); } else { Diff3LineList::const_iterator d3llit = ml.id3l; int j; for(j = 0; j < ml.srcRangeLength; ++j) { MergeEditLine mel(d3llit); mel.setSource(defaultSelector, false); int srcLine = defaultSelector == 1 ? d3llit->lineA : defaultSelector == 2 ? d3llit->lineB : defaultSelector == 3 ? d3llit->lineC : -1; if(srcLine != -1) { ml.mergeEditLineList.push_back(mel); } ++d3llit; } if(ml.mergeEditLineList.empty()) // Make a line nevertheless { MergeEditLine mel(ml.id3l); mel.setRemoved(defaultSelector); ml.mergeEditLineList.push_back(mel); } } } } } MergeLineList::iterator mlIt; for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { MergeLine& ml = *mlIt; // Remove all lines that are empty, because no src lines are there. int oldSrcLine = -1; int oldSrc = -1; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt; for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end();) { MergeEditLine& mel = *melIt; int melsrc = mel.src(); int srcLine = mel.isRemoved() ? -1 : melsrc == 1 ? mel.id3l()->lineA : melsrc == 2 ? mel.id3l()->lineB : melsrc == 3 ? mel.id3l()->lineC : -1; // At least one line remains because oldSrc != melsrc for first line in list // Other empty lines will be removed if(srcLine == -1 && oldSrcLine == -1 && oldSrc == melsrc) melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.erase(melIt); else ++melIt; oldSrcLine = srcLine; oldSrc = melsrc; } } if(bAutoSolve && !bConflictsOnly) { if(m_pOptions->m_bRunHistoryAutoMergeOnMergeStart) slotMergeHistory(); if(m_pOptions->m_bRunRegExpAutoMergeOnMergeStart) slotRegExpAutoMerge(); if(m_pldC != nullptr && !doRelevantChangesExist()) emit noRelevantChangesDetected(); } int nrOfSolvedConflicts = 0; int nrOfUnsolvedConflicts = 0; int nrOfWhiteSpaceConflicts = 0; MergeLineList::iterator i; for(i = m_mergeLineList.begin(); i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { if(i->bConflict) ++nrOfUnsolvedConflicts; else if(i->bDelta) ++nrOfSolvedConflicts; if(i->bWhiteSpaceConflict) ++nrOfWhiteSpaceConflicts; } m_pTotalDiffStatus->nofUnsolvedConflicts = nrOfUnsolvedConflicts; m_pTotalDiffStatus->nofSolvedConflicts = nrOfSolvedConflicts; m_pTotalDiffStatus->nofWhitespaceConflicts = nrOfWhiteSpaceConflicts; m_cursorXPos = 0; m_cursorOldXPixelPos = 0; m_cursorYPos = 0; m_maxTextWidth = -1; //m_firstLine = 0; // Must not set line/column without scrolling there //m_horizScrollOffset = 0; setModified(false); m_currentMergeLineIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); slotGoTop(); - updateAvailabilities(); + emit updateAvailabilities(); update(); } void MergeResultWindow::setFirstLine(int firstLine) { m_firstLine = max2(0, firstLine); update(); } void MergeResultWindow::setHorizScrollOffset(int horizScrollOffset) { m_horizScrollOffset = max2(0, horizScrollOffset); update(); } int MergeResultWindow::getMaxTextWidth() { if(m_maxTextWidth < 0) { m_maxTextWidth = 0; MergeLineList::iterator mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { MergeLine& ml = *mlIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt; for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end(); ++melIt) { MergeEditLine& mel = *melIt; QString s = mel.getString(this); QTextLayout textLayout(s, font(), this); textLayout.beginLayout(); textLayout.createLine(); textLayout.endLayout(); if(m_maxTextWidth < textLayout.maximumWidth()) { m_maxTextWidth = textLayout.maximumWidth(); } } } m_maxTextWidth += 5; // cursorwidth } return m_maxTextWidth; } int MergeResultWindow::getNofLines() { return m_totalSize; } int MergeResultWindow::getVisibleTextAreaWidth() { // QFontMetrics fm = fontMetrics(); // FIXME used? return width() - getTextXOffset(); } int MergeResultWindow::getNofVisibleLines() { QFontMetrics fm = fontMetrics(); return (height() - 3) / fm.lineSpacing() - 2; } int MergeResultWindow::getTextXOffset() { QFontMetrics fm = fontMetrics(); return 3 * fm.width('0'); } void MergeResultWindow::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent* e) { QWidget::resizeEvent(e); emit resizeSignal(); } Overview::e_OverviewMode MergeResultWindow::getOverviewMode() { return m_eOverviewMode; } void MergeResultWindow::setOverviewMode(Overview::e_OverviewMode eOverviewMode) { m_eOverviewMode = eOverviewMode; } // Check whether we should ignore current delta when moving to next/previous delta bool MergeResultWindow::checkOverviewIgnore(MergeLineList::iterator& i) { if(m_eOverviewMode == Overview::eOMNormal) return false; if(m_eOverviewMode == Overview::eOMAvsB) return i->mergeDetails == eCAdded || i->mergeDetails == eCDeleted || i->mergeDetails == eCChanged; if(m_eOverviewMode == Overview::eOMAvsC) return i->mergeDetails == eBAdded || i->mergeDetails == eBDeleted || i->mergeDetails == eBChanged; if(m_eOverviewMode == Overview::eOMBvsC) return i->mergeDetails == eBCAddedAndEqual || i->mergeDetails == eBCDeleted || i->mergeDetails == eBCChangedAndEqual; return false; } // Go to prev/next delta/conflict or first/last delta. void MergeResultWindow::go(e_Direction eDir, e_EndPoint eEndPoint) { Q_ASSERT(eDir == eUp || eDir == eDown); MergeLineList::iterator i = m_currentMergeLineIt; bool bSkipWhiteConflicts = !m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace; if(eEndPoint == eEnd) { if(eDir == eUp) i = m_mergeLineList.begin(); // first mergeline else i = --m_mergeLineList.end(); // last mergeline while(isItAtEnd(eDir == eUp, i) && !i->bDelta) { if(eDir == eUp) ++i; // search downwards else --i; // search upwards } } else if(eEndPoint == eDelta && isItAtEnd(eDir != eUp, i)) { do { if(eDir == eUp) --i; else ++i; } while(isItAtEnd(eDir != eUp, i) && (i->bDelta == false || checkOverviewIgnore(i) || (bSkipWhiteConflicts && i->bWhiteSpaceConflict))); } else if(eEndPoint == eConflict && isItAtEnd(eDir != eUp, i)) { do { if(eDir == eUp) --i; else ++i; } while(isItAtEnd(eDir != eUp, i) && (i->bConflict == false || (bSkipWhiteConflicts && i->bWhiteSpaceConflict))); } else if(isItAtEnd(eDir != eUp, i) && eEndPoint == eUnsolvedConflict) { do { if(eDir == eUp) --i; else ++i; } while(isItAtEnd(eDir != eUp, i) && !i->mergeEditLineList.begin()->isConflict()); } if(isVisible()) setFocus(); setFastSelector(i); } bool MergeResultWindow::isDeltaAboveCurrent() { bool bSkipWhiteConflicts = !m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace; if(m_mergeLineList.empty()) return false; MergeLineList::iterator i = m_currentMergeLineIt; if(i == m_mergeLineList.begin()) return false; do { --i; if(i->bDelta && !checkOverviewIgnore(i) && !(bSkipWhiteConflicts && i->bWhiteSpaceConflict)) return true; } while(i != m_mergeLineList.begin()); return false; } bool MergeResultWindow::isDeltaBelowCurrent() { bool bSkipWhiteConflicts = !m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace; if(m_mergeLineList.empty()) return false; MergeLineList::iterator i = m_currentMergeLineIt; if(i != m_mergeLineList.end()) { ++i; for(; i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { if(i->bDelta && !checkOverviewIgnore(i) && !(bSkipWhiteConflicts && i->bWhiteSpaceConflict)) return true; } } return false; } bool MergeResultWindow::isConflictAboveCurrent() { if(m_mergeLineList.empty()) return false; MergeLineList::iterator i = m_currentMergeLineIt; if(i == m_mergeLineList.begin()) return false; bool bSkipWhiteConflicts = !m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace; do { --i; if(i->bConflict && !(bSkipWhiteConflicts && i->bWhiteSpaceConflict)) return true; } while(i != m_mergeLineList.begin()); return false; } bool MergeResultWindow::isConflictBelowCurrent() { MergeLineList::iterator i = m_currentMergeLineIt; if(m_mergeLineList.empty()) return false; bool bSkipWhiteConflicts = !m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace; if(i != m_mergeLineList.end()) { ++i; for(; i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { if(i->bConflict && !(bSkipWhiteConflicts && i->bWhiteSpaceConflict)) return true; } } return false; } bool MergeResultWindow::isUnsolvedConflictAtCurrent() { if(m_mergeLineList.empty()) return false; MergeLineList::iterator i = m_currentMergeLineIt; return i->mergeEditLineList.begin()->isConflict(); } bool MergeResultWindow::isUnsolvedConflictAboveCurrent() { if(m_mergeLineList.empty()) return false; MergeLineList::iterator i = m_currentMergeLineIt; if(i == m_mergeLineList.begin()) return false; do { --i; if(i->mergeEditLineList.begin()->isConflict()) return true; } while(i != m_mergeLineList.begin()); return false; } bool MergeResultWindow::isUnsolvedConflictBelowCurrent() { MergeLineList::iterator i = m_currentMergeLineIt; if(m_mergeLineList.empty()) return false; if(i != m_mergeLineList.end()) { ++i; for(; i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { if(i->mergeEditLineList.begin()->isConflict()) return true; } } return false; } void MergeResultWindow::slotGoTop() { go(eUp, eEnd); } void MergeResultWindow::slotGoCurrent() { setFastSelector(m_currentMergeLineIt); } void MergeResultWindow::slotGoBottom() { go(eDown, eEnd); } void MergeResultWindow::slotGoPrevDelta() { go(eUp, eDelta); } void MergeResultWindow::slotGoNextDelta() { go(eDown, eDelta); } void MergeResultWindow::slotGoPrevConflict() { go(eUp, eConflict); } void MergeResultWindow::slotGoNextConflict() { go(eDown, eConflict); } void MergeResultWindow::slotGoPrevUnsolvedConflict() { go(eUp, eUnsolvedConflict); } void MergeResultWindow::slotGoNextUnsolvedConflict() { go(eDown, eUnsolvedConflict); } /** The line is given as a index in the Diff3LineList. The function calculates the corresponding iterator. */ void MergeResultWindow::slotSetFastSelectorLine(int line) { MergeLineList::iterator i; for(i = m_mergeLineList.begin(); i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { if(line >= i->d3lLineIdx && line < i->d3lLineIdx + i->srcRangeLength) { //if ( i->bDelta ) { setFastSelector(i); } break; } } } int MergeResultWindow::getNrOfUnsolvedConflicts(int* pNrOfWhiteSpaceConflicts) { int nrOfUnsolvedConflicts = 0; if(pNrOfWhiteSpaceConflicts != nullptr) *pNrOfWhiteSpaceConflicts = 0; MergeLineList::iterator mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { MergeLine& ml = *mlIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); if(melIt->isConflict()) { ++nrOfUnsolvedConflicts; if(ml.bWhiteSpaceConflict && pNrOfWhiteSpaceConflicts != nullptr) ++*pNrOfWhiteSpaceConflicts; } } return nrOfUnsolvedConflicts; } void MergeResultWindow::showNrOfConflicts() { if(!m_pOptions->m_bShowInfoDialogs) return; int nrOfConflicts = 0; MergeLineList::iterator i; for(i = m_mergeLineList.begin(); i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { if(i->bConflict || i->bDelta) ++nrOfConflicts; } QString totalInfo; if(m_pTotalDiffStatus->bBinaryAEqB && m_pTotalDiffStatus->bBinaryAEqC) totalInfo += i18n("All input files are binary equal."); else if(m_pTotalDiffStatus->bTextAEqB && m_pTotalDiffStatus->bTextAEqC) totalInfo += i18n("All input files contain the same text."); else { if(m_pTotalDiffStatus->bBinaryAEqB) totalInfo += i18n("Files %1 and %2 are binary equal.\n", QString("A"), QString("B")); else if(m_pTotalDiffStatus->bTextAEqB) totalInfo += i18n("Files %1 and %2 have equal text.\n", QString("A"), QString("B")); if(m_pTotalDiffStatus->bBinaryAEqC) totalInfo += i18n("Files %1 and %2 are binary equal.\n", QString("A"), QString("C")); else if(m_pTotalDiffStatus->bTextAEqC) totalInfo += i18n("Files %1 and %2 have equal text.\n", QString("A"), QString("C")); if(m_pTotalDiffStatus->bBinaryBEqC) totalInfo += i18n("Files %1 and %2 are binary equal.\n", QString("B"), QString("C")); else if(m_pTotalDiffStatus->bTextBEqC) totalInfo += i18n("Files %1 and %2 have equal text.\n", QString("B"), QString("C")); } int nrOfUnsolvedConflicts = getNrOfUnsolvedConflicts(); KMessageBox::information(this, i18n("Total number of conflicts: ") + QString::number(nrOfConflicts) + i18n("\nNr of automatically solved conflicts: ") + QString::number(nrOfConflicts - nrOfUnsolvedConflicts) + i18n("\nNr of unsolved conflicts: ") + QString::number(nrOfUnsolvedConflicts) + "\n" + totalInfo, i18n("Conflicts")); } void MergeResultWindow::setFastSelector(MergeLineList::iterator i) { if(i == m_mergeLineList.end()) return; m_currentMergeLineIt = i; emit setFastSelectorRange(i->d3lLineIdx, i->srcRangeLength); int line1 = 0; MergeLineList::iterator mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { if(mlIt == m_currentMergeLineIt) break; line1 += mlIt->mergeEditLineList.size(); } int nofLines = m_currentMergeLineIt->mergeEditLineList.size(); int newFirstLine = getBestFirstLine(line1, nofLines, m_firstLine, getNofVisibleLines()); if(newFirstLine != m_firstLine) { scroll(0, newFirstLine - m_firstLine); } if(m_selection.isEmpty()) { m_cursorXPos = 0; m_cursorOldXPixelPos = 0; m_cursorYPos = line1; } update(); updateSourceMask(); emit updateAvailabilities(); } void MergeResultWindow::choose(int selector) { if(m_currentMergeLineIt == m_mergeLineList.end()) return; setModified(); // First find range for which this change works. MergeLine& ml = *m_currentMergeLineIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt; // Now check if selector is active for this range already. bool bActive = false; // Remove unneeded lines in the range. for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end();) { MergeEditLine& mel = *melIt; if(mel.src() == selector) bActive = true; if(mel.src() == selector || !mel.isEditableText() || mel.isModified()) melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.erase(melIt); else ++melIt; } if(!bActive) // Selected source wasn't active. { // Append the lines from selected source here at rangeEnd. Diff3LineList::const_iterator d3llit = ml.id3l; int j; for(j = 0; j < ml.srcRangeLength; ++j) { MergeEditLine mel(d3llit); mel.setSource(selector, false); ml.mergeEditLineList.push_back(mel); ++d3llit; } } if(!ml.mergeEditLineList.empty()) { // Remove all lines that are empty, because no src lines are there. for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end();) { MergeEditLine& mel = *melIt; int srcLine = mel.src() == 1 ? mel.id3l()->lineA : mel.src() == 2 ? mel.id3l()->lineB : mel.src() == 3 ? mel.id3l()->lineC : -1; if(srcLine == -1) melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.erase(melIt); else ++melIt; } } if(ml.mergeEditLineList.empty()) { // Insert a dummy line: MergeEditLine mel(ml.id3l); if(bActive) mel.setConflict(); // All src entries deleted => conflict else mel.setRemoved(selector); // No lines in corresponding src found. ml.mergeEditLineList.push_back(mel); } if(m_cursorYPos >= m_totalSize) { m_cursorYPos = m_totalSize - 1; m_cursorXPos = 0; } m_maxTextWidth = -1; update(); updateSourceMask(); emit updateAvailabilities(); showUnsolvedConflictsStatusMessage(); } // bConflictsOnly: automatically choose for conflicts only (true) or for everywhere (false) void MergeResultWindow::chooseGlobal(int selector, bool bConflictsOnly, bool bWhiteSpaceOnly) { resetSelection(); merge(false, selector, bConflictsOnly, bWhiteSpaceOnly); setModified(true); update(); showUnsolvedConflictsStatusMessage(); } void MergeResultWindow::slotAutoSolve() { resetSelection(); merge(true, -1); setModified(true); update(); showUnsolvedConflictsStatusMessage(); } void MergeResultWindow::slotUnsolve() { resetSelection(); merge(false, -1); setModified(true); update(); showUnsolvedConflictsStatusMessage(); } static QString calcHistoryLead(const QString& s) { // Return the start of the line until the first white char after the first non white char. int i; for(i = 0; i < s.length(); ++i) { if(s[i] != ' ' && s[i] != '\t') { for(; i < s.length(); ++i) { if(s[i] == ' ' || s[i] == '\t') { return s.left(i); } } return s; // Very unlikely } } return ""; // Must be an empty string, not a null string. } static void findHistoryRange(const QRegExp& historyStart, bool bThreeFiles, const Diff3LineList* pD3LList, Diff3LineList::const_iterator& iBegin, Diff3LineList::const_iterator& iEnd, int& idxBegin, int& idxEnd) { QString historyLead; // Search for start of history for(iBegin = pD3LList->begin(), idxBegin = 0; iBegin != pD3LList->end(); ++iBegin, ++idxBegin) { if(historyStart.exactMatch(iBegin->getString(A)) && historyStart.exactMatch(iBegin->getString(B)) && (!bThreeFiles || historyStart.exactMatch(iBegin->getString(C)))) { historyLead = calcHistoryLead(iBegin->getString(A)); break; } } // Search for end of history for(iEnd = iBegin, idxEnd = idxBegin; iEnd != pD3LList->end(); ++iEnd, ++idxEnd) { QString sA = iEnd->getString(A); QString sB = iEnd->getString(B); QString sC = iEnd->getString(C); if(!((sA.isEmpty() || historyLead == calcHistoryLead(sA)) && (sB.isEmpty() || historyLead == calcHistoryLead(sB)) && (!bThreeFiles || sC.isEmpty() || historyLead == calcHistoryLead(sC)))) { break; // End of the history } } } bool findParenthesesGroups(const QString& s, QStringList& sl) { sl.clear(); int i = 0; std::list startPosStack; int length = s.length(); for(i = 0; i < length; ++i) { if(s[i] == '\\' && i + 1 < length && (s[i + 1] == '\\' || s[i + 1] == '(' || s[i + 1] == ')')) { ++i; continue; } if(s[i] == '(') { startPosStack.push_back(i); } else if(s[i] == ')') { if(startPosStack.empty()) return false; // Parentheses don't match int startPos = startPosStack.back(); startPosStack.pop_back(); sl.push_back(s.mid(startPos + 1, i - startPos - 1)); } } return startPosStack.empty(); // false if parentheses don't match } QString calcHistorySortKey(const QString& keyOrder, QRegExp& matchedRegExpr, const QStringList& parenthesesGroupList) { QStringList keyOrderList = keyOrder.split(','); QString key; for(QStringList::iterator keyIt = keyOrderList.begin(); keyIt != keyOrderList.end(); ++keyIt) { if((*keyIt).isEmpty()) continue; bool bOk = false; int groupIdx = (*keyIt).toInt(&bOk); if(!bOk || groupIdx < 0 || groupIdx > (int)parenthesesGroupList.size()) continue; QString s = matchedRegExpr.cap(groupIdx); if(groupIdx == 0) { key += s + " "; continue; } QString groupRegExp = parenthesesGroupList[groupIdx - 1]; if(groupRegExp.indexOf('|') < 0 || groupRegExp.indexOf('(') >= 0) { bool bOk = false; int i = s.toInt(&bOk); if(bOk && i >= 0 && i < 10000) s.sprintf("%04d", i); // This should help for correct sorting of numbers. key += s + " "; } else { // Assume that the groupRegExp consists of something like "Jan|Feb|Mar|Apr" // s is the string that managed to match. // Now we want to know at which position it occurred. e.g. Jan=0, Feb=1, Mar=2, etc. QStringList sl = groupRegExp.split('|'); int idx = sl.indexOf(s); if(idx < 0) { // Didn't match } else { QString sIdx; sIdx.sprintf("%02d", idx + 1); // Up to 99 words in the groupRegExp (more than 12 aren't expected) key += sIdx + " "; } } } return key; } void MergeResultWindow::collectHistoryInformation( int src, Diff3LineList::const_iterator iHistoryBegin, Diff3LineList::const_iterator iHistoryEnd, HistoryMap& historyMap, std::list& hitList // list of iterators ) { std::list::iterator itHitListFront = hitList.begin(); Diff3LineList::const_iterator id3l = iHistoryBegin; QString historyLead; { const LineData* pld = id3l->getLineData(src); QString s(pld->pLine, pld->size); historyLead = calcHistoryLead(s); } QRegExp historyStart(m_pOptions->m_historyStartRegExp); if(id3l == iHistoryEnd) return; ++id3l; // Skip line with "$Log ... $" QRegExp newHistoryEntry(m_pOptions->m_historyEntryStartRegExp); QStringList parenthesesGroups; findParenthesesGroups(m_pOptions->m_historyEntryStartRegExp, parenthesesGroups); QString key; MergeEditLineList melList; bool bPrevLineIsEmpty = true; bool bUseRegExp = !m_pOptions->m_historyEntryStartRegExp.isEmpty(); for(; id3l != iHistoryEnd; ++id3l) { const LineData* pld = id3l->getLineData(src); if(!pld) continue; QString s(pld->pLine, pld->size); if(historyLead.isEmpty()) historyLead = calcHistoryLead(s); QString sLine = s.mid(historyLead.length()); if((!bUseRegExp && !sLine.trimmed().isEmpty() && bPrevLineIsEmpty) || (bUseRegExp && newHistoryEntry.exactMatch(sLine))) { if(!key.isEmpty() && !melList.empty()) { // Only insert new HistoryMapEntry if key not found; in either case p.first is a valid iterator to element key. std::pair p = historyMap.insert(HistoryMap::value_type(key, HistoryMapEntry())); HistoryMapEntry& hme = p.first->second; if(src == A) hme.mellA = melList; if(src == B) hme.mellB = melList; if(src == C) hme.mellC = melList; if(p.second) // Not in list yet? { hitList.insert(itHitListFront, p.first); } } if(!bUseRegExp) key = sLine; else key = calcHistorySortKey(m_pOptions->m_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrder, newHistoryEntry, parenthesesGroups); melList.clear(); melList.push_back(MergeEditLine(id3l, src)); } else if(!historyStart.exactMatch(s)) { melList.push_back(MergeEditLine(id3l, src)); } bPrevLineIsEmpty = sLine.trimmed().isEmpty(); } if(!key.isEmpty()) { // Only insert new HistoryMapEntry if key not found; in either case p.first is a valid iterator to element key. std::pair p = historyMap.insert(HistoryMap::value_type(key, HistoryMapEntry())); HistoryMapEntry& hme = p.first->second; if(src == A) hme.mellA = melList; if(src == B) hme.mellB = melList; if(src == C) hme.mellC = melList; if(p.second) // Not in list yet? { hitList.insert(itHitListFront, p.first); } } // End of the history } MergeResultWindow::MergeEditLineList& MergeResultWindow::HistoryMapEntry::choice(bool bThreeInputs) { if(!bThreeInputs) return mellA.empty() ? mellB : mellA; else { if(mellA.empty()) return mellC.empty() ? mellB : mellC; // A doesn't exist, return one that exists else if(!mellB.empty() && !mellC.empty()) { // A, B and C exist return mellA; } else return mellB.empty() ? mellB : mellC; // A exists, return the one that doesn't exist } } bool MergeResultWindow::HistoryMapEntry::staysInPlace(bool bThreeInputs, Diff3LineList::const_iterator& iHistoryEnd) { // The entry should stay in place if the decision made by the automerger is correct. Diff3LineList::const_iterator& iHistoryLast = iHistoryEnd; --iHistoryLast; if(!bThreeInputs) { if(!mellA.empty() && !mellB.empty() && mellA.begin()->id3l() == mellB.begin()->id3l() && mellA.back().id3l() == iHistoryLast && mellB.back().id3l() == iHistoryLast) { iHistoryEnd = mellA.begin()->id3l(); return true; } else { return false; } } else { if(!mellA.empty() && !mellB.empty() && !mellC.empty() && mellA.begin()->id3l() == mellB.begin()->id3l() && mellA.begin()->id3l() == mellC.begin()->id3l() && mellA.back().id3l() == iHistoryLast && mellB.back().id3l() == iHistoryLast && mellC.back().id3l() == iHistoryLast) { iHistoryEnd = mellA.begin()->id3l(); return true; } else { return false; } } } void MergeResultWindow::slotMergeHistory() { Diff3LineList::const_iterator iD3LHistoryBegin; Diff3LineList::const_iterator iD3LHistoryEnd; int d3lHistoryBeginLineIdx = -1; int d3lHistoryEndLineIdx = -1; // Search for history start, history end in the diff3LineList findHistoryRange(QRegExp(m_pOptions->m_historyStartRegExp), m_pldC != nullptr, m_pDiff3LineList, iD3LHistoryBegin, iD3LHistoryEnd, d3lHistoryBeginLineIdx, d3lHistoryEndLineIdx); if(iD3LHistoryBegin != m_pDiff3LineList->end()) { // Now collect the historyMap information HistoryMap historyMap; std::list hitList; if(m_pldC == nullptr) { collectHistoryInformation(A, iD3LHistoryBegin, iD3LHistoryEnd, historyMap, hitList); collectHistoryInformation(B, iD3LHistoryBegin, iD3LHistoryEnd, historyMap, hitList); } else { collectHistoryInformation(A, iD3LHistoryBegin, iD3LHistoryEnd, historyMap, hitList); collectHistoryInformation(B, iD3LHistoryBegin, iD3LHistoryEnd, historyMap, hitList); collectHistoryInformation(C, iD3LHistoryBegin, iD3LHistoryEnd, historyMap, hitList); } Diff3LineList::const_iterator iD3LHistoryOrigEnd = iD3LHistoryEnd; bool bHistoryMergeSorting = m_pOptions->m_bHistoryMergeSorting && !m_pOptions->m_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrder.isEmpty() && !m_pOptions->m_historyEntryStartRegExp.isEmpty(); if(m_pOptions->m_maxNofHistoryEntries == -1) { // Remove parts from the historyMap and hitList that stay in place if(bHistoryMergeSorting) { while(!historyMap.empty()) { HistoryMap::iterator hMapIt = historyMap.begin(); if(hMapIt->second.staysInPlace(m_pldC != nullptr, iD3LHistoryEnd)) historyMap.erase(hMapIt); else break; } } else { while(!hitList.empty()) { HistoryMap::iterator hMapIt = hitList.back(); if(hMapIt->second.staysInPlace(m_pldC != nullptr, iD3LHistoryEnd)) hitList.pop_back(); else break; } } while(iD3LHistoryOrigEnd != iD3LHistoryEnd) { --iD3LHistoryOrigEnd; --d3lHistoryEndLineIdx; } } MergeLineList::iterator iMLLStart = splitAtDiff3LineIdx(d3lHistoryBeginLineIdx); MergeLineList::iterator iMLLEnd = splitAtDiff3LineIdx(d3lHistoryEndLineIdx); // Now join all MergeLines in the history MergeLineList::iterator i = iMLLStart; if(i != iMLLEnd) { ++i; while(i != iMLLEnd) { iMLLStart->join(*i); i = m_mergeLineList.erase(i); } } iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.clear(); // Now insert the complete history into the first MergeLine of the history iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.push_back(MergeEditLine(iD3LHistoryBegin, m_pldC == nullptr ? B : C)); QString lead = calcHistoryLead(iD3LHistoryBegin->getString(A)); MergeEditLine mel(m_pDiff3LineList->end()); mel.setString(lead); iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.push_back(mel); int historyCount = 0; if(bHistoryMergeSorting) { // Create a sorted history HistoryMap::reverse_iterator hmit; for(hmit = historyMap.rbegin(); hmit != historyMap.rend(); ++hmit) { if(historyCount == m_pOptions->m_maxNofHistoryEntries) break; ++historyCount; HistoryMapEntry& hme = hmit->second; MergeEditLineList& mell = hme.choice(m_pldC != nullptr); if(!mell.empty()) iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.splice(iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.end(), mell, mell.begin(), mell.end()); } } else { // Create history in order of appearance std::list::iterator hlit; for(hlit = hitList.begin(); hlit != hitList.end(); ++hlit) { if(historyCount == m_pOptions->m_maxNofHistoryEntries) break; ++historyCount; HistoryMapEntry& hme = (*hlit)->second; MergeEditLineList& mell = hme.choice(m_pldC != nullptr); if(!mell.empty()) iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.splice(iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.end(), mell, mell.begin(), mell.end()); } // If the end of start is empty and the first line at the end is empty remove the last line of start if(!iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.empty() && !iMLLEnd->mergeEditLineList.empty()) { QString lastLineOfStart = iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.back().getString(this); QString firstLineOfEnd = iMLLEnd->mergeEditLineList.front().getString(this); if(lastLineOfStart.mid(lead.length()).trimmed().isEmpty() && firstLineOfEnd.mid(lead.length()).trimmed().isEmpty()) iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.pop_back(); } } setFastSelector(iMLLStart); update(); } } void MergeResultWindow::slotRegExpAutoMerge() { if(m_pOptions->m_autoMergeRegExp.isEmpty()) return; QRegExp vcsKeywords(m_pOptions->m_autoMergeRegExp); MergeLineList::iterator i; for(i = m_mergeLineList.begin(); i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { if(i->bConflict) { Diff3LineList::const_iterator id3l = i->id3l; if(vcsKeywords.exactMatch(id3l->getString(A)) && vcsKeywords.exactMatch(id3l->getString(B)) && (m_pldC == nullptr || vcsKeywords.exactMatch(id3l->getString(C)))) { MergeEditLine& mel = *i->mergeEditLineList.begin(); mel.setSource(m_pldC == nullptr ? B : C, false); splitAtDiff3LineIdx(i->d3lLineIdx + 1); } } } update(); } // This doesn't detect user modifications and should only be called after automatic merge // This will only do something for three file merge. // Irrelevant changes are those where all contributions from B are already contained in C. // Also irrelevant are conflicts automatically solved (automerge regexp and history automerge) // Precondition: The VCS-keyword would also be C. bool MergeResultWindow::doRelevantChangesExist() { if(m_pldC == nullptr || m_mergeLineList.size() <= 1) return true; MergeLineList::iterator i; for(i = m_mergeLineList.begin(); i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { if((i->bConflict && i->mergeEditLineList.begin()->src() != C) || i->srcSelect == B) { return true; } } return false; } // Returns the iterator to the MergeLine after the split MergeResultWindow::MergeLineList::iterator MergeResultWindow::splitAtDiff3LineIdx(int d3lLineIdx) { MergeLineList::iterator i; for(i = m_mergeLineList.begin(); i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { if(i->d3lLineIdx == d3lLineIdx) { // No split needed, this is the beginning of a MergeLine return i; } else if(i->d3lLineIdx > d3lLineIdx) { // The split must be in the previous MergeLine --i; MergeLine& ml = *i; MergeLine newML; ml.split(newML, d3lLineIdx); ++i; return m_mergeLineList.insert(i, newML); } } // The split must be in the previous MergeLine --i; MergeLine& ml = *i; MergeLine newML; ml.split(newML, d3lLineIdx); ++i; return m_mergeLineList.insert(i, newML); } void MergeResultWindow::slotSplitDiff(int firstD3lLineIdx, int lastD3lLineIdx) { if(lastD3lLineIdx >= 0) splitAtDiff3LineIdx(lastD3lLineIdx + 1); setFastSelector(splitAtDiff3LineIdx(firstD3lLineIdx)); } void MergeResultWindow::slotJoinDiffs(int firstD3lLineIdx, int lastD3lLineIdx) { MergeLineList::iterator i; MergeLineList::iterator iMLLStart = m_mergeLineList.end(); MergeLineList::iterator iMLLEnd = m_mergeLineList.end(); for(i = m_mergeLineList.begin(); i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { MergeLine& ml = *i; if(firstD3lLineIdx >= ml.d3lLineIdx && firstD3lLineIdx < ml.d3lLineIdx + ml.srcRangeLength) { iMLLStart = i; } if(lastD3lLineIdx >= ml.d3lLineIdx && lastD3lLineIdx < ml.d3lLineIdx + ml.srcRangeLength) { iMLLEnd = i; ++iMLLEnd; break; } } bool bJoined = false; for(i = iMLLStart; i != iMLLEnd && i != m_mergeLineList.end();) { if(i == iMLLStart) { ++i; } else { iMLLStart->join(*i); i = m_mergeLineList.erase(i); bJoined = true; } } if(bJoined) { iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.clear(); // Insert a conflict line as placeholder iMLLStart->mergeEditLineList.push_back(MergeEditLine(iMLLStart->id3l)); } setFastSelector(iMLLStart); } void MergeResultWindow::myUpdate(int afterMilliSecs) { if(m_delayedDrawTimer) killTimer(m_delayedDrawTimer); m_bMyUpdate = true; m_delayedDrawTimer = startTimer(afterMilliSecs); } void MergeResultWindow::timerEvent(QTimerEvent*) { killTimer(m_delayedDrawTimer); m_delayedDrawTimer = 0; if(m_bMyUpdate) { update(); m_bMyUpdate = false; } if(m_scrollDeltaX != 0 || m_scrollDeltaY != 0) { m_selection.end(m_selection.getLastLine() + m_scrollDeltaY, m_selection.getLastPos() + m_scrollDeltaX); - emit scroll(m_scrollDeltaX, m_scrollDeltaY); + scroll(m_scrollDeltaX, m_scrollDeltaY); killTimer(m_delayedDrawTimer); m_delayedDrawTimer = startTimer(50); } } QString MergeResultWindow::MergeEditLine::getString(const MergeResultWindow* mrw) { if(isRemoved()) { return QString(); } if(!isModified()) { int src = m_src; if(src == 0) { return QString(); } const Diff3Line& d3l = *m_id3l; const LineData* pld = nullptr; Q_ASSERT(src == A || src == B || src == C); if(src == A && d3l.lineA != -1) pld = &mrw->m_pldA[d3l.lineA]; else if(src == B && d3l.lineB != -1) pld = &mrw->m_pldB[d3l.lineB]; else if(src == C && d3l.lineC != -1) pld = &mrw->m_pldC[d3l.lineC]; //Not an error. if(pld == nullptr) { return QString(); } return QString(pld->pLine, pld->size); } else { return m_str; } return nullptr; } /// Converts the cursor-posOnScreen into a text index, considering tabulators. int convertToPosInText(const QString& /*s*/, int posOnScreen, int /*tabSize*/) { return posOnScreen; } // int localPosOnScreen = 0; // int size=s.length(); // for ( int i=0; i=posOnScreen ) // return i; // // All letters except tabulator have width one. // int letterWidth = s[i]!='\t' ? 1 : tabber( localPosOnScreen, tabSize ); // localPosOnScreen += letterWidth; // if ( localPosOnScreen>posOnScreen ) // return i; // } // return size; //} /// Converts the index into the text to a cursor-posOnScreen considering tabulators. int convertToPosOnScreen(const QString& /*p*/, int posInText, int /*tabSize*/) { return posInText; } // int posOnScreen = 0; // for ( int i=0; i MergeResultWindow::getTextLayoutForLine(int line, const QString& str, QTextLayout& textLayout) { // tabs QTextOption textOption; textOption.setTabStop(QFontMetricsF(font()).width(' ') * m_pOptions->m_tabSize); if(m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpaceCharacters) { textOption.setFlags(QTextOption::ShowTabsAndSpaces); } textLayout.setTextOption(textOption); if(m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpaceCharacters) { // This additional format is only necessary for the tab arrow QVector formats; QTextLayout::FormatRange formatRange; formatRange.start = 0; formatRange.length = str.length(); formatRange.format.setFont(font()); formats.append(formatRange); textLayout.setFormats(formats); } QVector selectionFormat; textLayout.beginLayout(); if(m_selection.lineWithin(line)) { int firstPosInText = convertToPosInText(str, m_selection.firstPosInLine(line), m_pOptions->m_tabSize); int lastPosInText = convertToPosInText(str, m_selection.lastPosInLine(line), m_pOptions->m_tabSize); int lengthInText = max2(0, lastPosInText - firstPosInText); if(lengthInText > 0) m_selection.bSelectionContainsData = true; QTextLayout::FormatRange selection; selection.start = firstPosInText; selection.length = lengthInText; selection.format.setBackground(palette().highlight()); selection.format.setForeground(palette().highlightedText().color()); selectionFormat.push_back(selection); } QTextLine textLine = textLayout.createLine(); textLine.setPosition(QPointF(0, fontMetrics().leading())); textLayout.endLayout(); int cursorWidth = 5; if(m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage) textLayout.setPosition(QPointF(width() - textLayout.maximumWidth() - getTextXOffset() + m_horizScrollOffset - cursorWidth, 0)); else textLayout.setPosition(QPointF(getTextXOffset() - m_horizScrollOffset, 0)); return selectionFormat; } void MergeResultWindow::writeLine( MyPainter& p, int line, const QString& str, int srcSelect, e_MergeDetails mergeDetails, int rangeMark, bool bUserModified, bool bLineRemoved, bool bWhiteSpaceConflict) { const QFontMetrics& fm = fontMetrics(); int fontHeight = fm.lineSpacing(); int fontAscent = fm.ascent(); int topLineYOffset = 0; int xOffset = getTextXOffset(); int yOffset = (line - m_firstLine) * fontHeight; if(yOffset < 0 || yOffset > height()) return; yOffset += topLineYOffset; QString srcName = " "; if(bUserModified) srcName = "m"; else if(srcSelect == A && mergeDetails != eNoChange) srcName = "A"; else if(srcSelect == B) srcName = "B"; else if(srcSelect == C) srcName = "C"; if(rangeMark & 4) { p.fillRect(xOffset, yOffset, width(), fontHeight, m_pOptions->m_currentRangeBgColor); } if((srcSelect > 0 || bUserModified) && !bLineRemoved) { if(!m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage) p.setClipRect(QRectF(xOffset, 0, width() - xOffset, height())); else p.setClipRect(QRectF(0, 0, width() - xOffset, height())); int outPos = 0; QString s; int size = str.length(); for(int i = 0; i < size; ++i) { int spaces = 1; if(str[i] == '\t') { spaces = tabber(outPos, m_pOptions->m_tabSize); for(int j = 0; j < spaces; ++j) s += ' '; } else { s += str[i]; } outPos += spaces; } p.setPen(m_pOptions->m_fgColor); QTextLayout textLayout(str, font(), this); QVector selectionFormat = getTextLayoutForLine(line, str, textLayout); textLayout.draw(&p, QPointF(0, yOffset), selectionFormat); if(line == m_cursorYPos) { m_cursorXPixelPos = textLayout.lineAt(0).cursorToX(m_cursorXPos); if(m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage) m_cursorXPixelPos += textLayout.position().x() - m_horizScrollOffset; } p.setClipping(false); p.setPen(m_pOptions->m_fgColor); p.drawText(1, yOffset + fontAscent, srcName, true); } else if(bLineRemoved) { p.setPen(m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict); p.drawText(xOffset, yOffset + fontAscent, i18n("")); p.drawText(1, yOffset + fontAscent, srcName); if(m_cursorYPos == line) m_cursorXPos = 0; } else if(srcSelect == 0) { p.setPen(m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict); if(bWhiteSpaceConflict) p.drawText(xOffset, yOffset + fontAscent, i18n("")); else p.drawText(xOffset, yOffset + fontAscent, i18n("")); p.drawText(1, yOffset + fontAscent, "?"); if(m_cursorYPos == line) m_cursorXPos = 0; } else Q_ASSERT(true); xOffset -= fm.width('0'); p.setPen(m_pOptions->m_fgColor); if(rangeMark & 1) // begin mark { p.drawLine(xOffset, yOffset + 1, xOffset, yOffset + fontHeight / 2); p.drawLine(xOffset, yOffset + 1, xOffset - 2, yOffset + 1); } else { p.drawLine(xOffset, yOffset, xOffset, yOffset + fontHeight / 2); } if(rangeMark & 2) // end mark { p.drawLine(xOffset, yOffset + fontHeight / 2, xOffset, yOffset + fontHeight - 1); p.drawLine(xOffset, yOffset + fontHeight - 1, xOffset - 2, yOffset + fontHeight - 1); } else { p.drawLine(xOffset, yOffset + fontHeight / 2, xOffset, yOffset + fontHeight); } if(rangeMark & 4) { p.fillRect(xOffset + 3, yOffset, 3, fontHeight, m_pOptions->m_fgColor); /* p.setPen( blue ); p.drawLine( xOffset+2, yOffset, xOffset+2, yOffset+fontHeight-1 ); p.drawLine( xOffset+3, yOffset, xOffset+3, yOffset+fontHeight-1 );*/ } } void MergeResultWindow::setPaintingAllowed(bool bPaintingAllowed) { m_bPaintingAllowed = bPaintingAllowed; if(!m_bPaintingAllowed) { m_currentMergeLineIt = m_mergeLineList.end(); reset(); } update(); } void MergeResultWindow::paintEvent(QPaintEvent*) { if(m_pDiff3LineList == nullptr || !m_bPaintingAllowed) return; bool bOldSelectionContainsData = m_selection.selectionContainsData(); const QFontMetrics& fm = fontMetrics(); int fontWidth = fm.width('0'); if(!m_bCursorUpdate) // Don't redraw everything for blinking cursor? { m_selection.bSelectionContainsData = false; if(size() != m_pixmap.size()) m_pixmap = QPixmap(size()); MyPainter p(&m_pixmap, m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage, width(), fontWidth); p.setFont(font()); p.QPainter::fillRect(rect(), m_pOptions->m_bgColor); //int visibleLines = height() / fontHeight; int lastVisibleLine = m_firstLine + getNofVisibleLines() + 5; int line = 0; MergeLineList::iterator mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { MergeLine& ml = *mlIt; if(line > lastVisibleLine || line + ml.mergeEditLineList.size() < m_firstLine) { line += ml.mergeEditLineList.size(); } else { MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt; for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end(); ++melIt) { if(line >= m_firstLine && line <= lastVisibleLine) { MergeEditLine& mel = *melIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt1 = melIt; ++melIt1; int rangeMark = 0; if(melIt == ml.mergeEditLineList.begin()) rangeMark |= 1; // Begin range mark if(melIt1 == ml.mergeEditLineList.end()) rangeMark |= 2; // End range mark if(mlIt == m_currentMergeLineIt) rangeMark |= 4; // Mark of the current line QString s; s = mel.getString(this); writeLine(p, line, s, mel.src(), ml.mergeDetails, rangeMark, mel.isModified(), mel.isRemoved(), ml.bWhiteSpaceConflict); } ++line; } } } if(line != m_nofLines) { m_nofLines = line; Q_ASSERT(m_nofLines == m_totalSize); emit resizeSignal(); } p.end(); } QPainter painter(this); if(!m_bCursorUpdate) painter.drawPixmap(0, 0, m_pixmap); else { painter.drawPixmap(0, 0, m_pixmap); // Draw everything. (Internally cursor rect is clipped anyway.) m_bCursorUpdate = false; } painter.end(); if(m_bCursorOn && hasFocus() && m_cursorYPos >= m_firstLine) { QPainter painter(this); painter.setPen(m_pOptions->m_fgColor); QString str = getString(m_cursorYPos); QTextLayout textLayout(str, font(), this); getTextLayoutForLine(m_cursorYPos, str, textLayout); textLayout.drawCursor(&painter, QPointF(0, (m_cursorYPos - m_firstLine) * fontMetrics().lineSpacing()), m_cursorXPos); } if(!bOldSelectionContainsData && m_selection.selectionContainsData()) emit newSelection(); } void MergeResultWindow::updateSourceMask() { int srcMask = 0; int enabledMask = 0; if(!hasFocus() || m_pDiff3LineList == nullptr || !m_bPaintingAllowed || m_currentMergeLineIt == m_mergeLineList.end()) { srcMask = 0; enabledMask = 0; } else { enabledMask = m_pldC == nullptr ? 3 : 7; MergeLine& ml = *m_currentMergeLineIt; srcMask = 0; bool bModified = false; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt; for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end(); ++melIt) { MergeEditLine& mel = *melIt; if(mel.src() == 1) srcMask |= 1; if(mel.src() == 2) srcMask |= 2; if(mel.src() == 3) srcMask |= 4; if(mel.isModified() || !mel.isEditableText()) bModified = true; } if(ml.mergeDetails == eNoChange) { srcMask = 0; enabledMask = bModified ? 1 : 0; } } emit sourceMask(srcMask, enabledMask); } void MergeResultWindow::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent* e) { updateSourceMask(); QWidget::focusInEvent(e); } int MergeResultWindow::convertToLine(int y) { const QFontMetrics& fm = fontMetrics(); int fontHeight = fm.lineSpacing(); int topLineYOffset = 0; int yOffset = topLineYOffset - m_firstLine * fontHeight; int line = min2((y - yOffset) / fontHeight, m_totalSize - 1); return line; } void MergeResultWindow::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* e) { m_bCursorOn = true; int xOffset = getTextXOffset(); int line = convertToLine(e->y()); QString s = getString(line); QTextLayout textLayout(s, font(), this); getTextLayoutForLine(line, s, textLayout); int pos = textLayout.lineAt(0).xToCursor(e->x() - textLayout.position().x()); bool bLMB = e->button() == Qt::LeftButton; bool bMMB = e->button() == Qt::MidButton; bool bRMB = e->button() == Qt::RightButton; if((bLMB && (e->x() < xOffset)) || bRMB) // Fast range selection { m_cursorXPos = 0; m_cursorOldXPixelPos = 0; m_cursorYPos = max2(line, 0); int l = 0; MergeLineList::iterator i = m_mergeLineList.begin(); for(i = m_mergeLineList.begin(); i != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++i) { if(l == line) break; l += i->mergeEditLineList.size(); if(l > line) break; } m_selection.reset(); // Disable current selection m_bCursorOn = true; setFastSelector(i); if(bRMB) { - showPopupMenu(QCursor::pos()); + emit showPopupMenu(QCursor::pos()); } } else if(bLMB) // Normal cursor placement { pos = max2(pos, 0); line = max2(line, 0); if(e->QInputEvent::modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier) { if(!m_selection.isValidFirstLine()) m_selection.start(line, pos); m_selection.end(line, pos); } else { // Selection m_selection.reset(); m_selection.start(line, pos); m_selection.end(line, pos); } m_cursorXPos = pos; m_cursorXPixelPos = textLayout.lineAt(0).cursorToX(pos); if(m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage) m_cursorXPixelPos += textLayout.position().x() - m_horizScrollOffset; m_cursorOldXPixelPos = m_cursorXPixelPos; m_cursorYPos = line; update(); //showStatusLine( line, m_winIdx, m_pFilename, m_pDiff3LineList, m_pStatusBar ); } else if(bMMB) // Paste clipboard { pos = max2(pos, 0); line = max2(line, 0); m_selection.reset(); m_cursorXPos = pos; m_cursorOldXPixelPos = m_cursorXPixelPos; m_cursorYPos = line; pasteClipboard(true); } } void MergeResultWindow::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* e) { if(e->button() == Qt::LeftButton) { int line = convertToLine(e->y()); QString s = getString(line); QTextLayout textLayout(s, font(), this); getTextLayoutForLine(line, s, textLayout); int pos = textLayout.lineAt(0).xToCursor(e->x() - textLayout.position().x()); m_cursorXPos = pos; m_cursorOldXPixelPos = m_cursorXPixelPos; m_cursorYPos = line; if(!s.isEmpty()) { int pos1, pos2; calcTokenPos(s, pos, pos1, pos2, m_pOptions->m_tabSize); resetSelection(); m_selection.start(line, convertToPosOnScreen(s, pos1, m_pOptions->m_tabSize)); m_selection.end(line, convertToPosOnScreen(s, pos2, m_pOptions->m_tabSize)); update(); // emit selectionEnd() happens in the mouseReleaseEvent. } } } void MergeResultWindow::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent* e) { if(e->button() == Qt::LeftButton) { if(m_delayedDrawTimer) { killTimer(m_delayedDrawTimer); m_delayedDrawTimer = 0; } if(m_selection.isValidFirstLine()) { emit selectionEnd(); } } } void MergeResultWindow::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent* e) { int line = convertToLine(e->y()); QString s = getString(line); QTextLayout textLayout(s, font(), this); getTextLayoutForLine(line, s, textLayout); int pos = textLayout.lineAt(0).xToCursor(e->x() - textLayout.position().x()); m_cursorXPos = pos; m_cursorOldXPixelPos = m_cursorXPixelPos; m_cursorYPos = line; if(m_selection.isValidFirstLine()) { m_selection.end(line, pos); myUpdate(0); //showStatusLine( line, m_winIdx, m_pFilename, m_pDiff3LineList, m_pStatusBar ); // Scroll because mouse moved out of the window const QFontMetrics& fm = fontMetrics(); int fontWidth = fm.width('0'); int topLineYOffset = 0; int deltaX = 0; int deltaY = 0; if(!m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage) { if(e->x() < getTextXOffset()) deltaX = -1; if(e->x() > width()) deltaX = +1; } else { if(e->x() > width() - 1 - getTextXOffset()) deltaX = -1; if(e->x() < fontWidth) deltaX = +1; } if(e->y() < topLineYOffset) deltaY = -1; if(e->y() > height()) deltaY = +1; m_scrollDeltaX = deltaX; m_scrollDeltaY = deltaY; if(deltaX != 0 || deltaY != 0) { - emit scroll(deltaX, deltaY); + scroll(deltaX, deltaY); } } } void MergeResultWindow::slotCursorUpdate() { m_cursorTimer.stop(); m_bCursorOn = !m_bCursorOn; if(isVisible()) { m_bCursorUpdate = true; const QFontMetrics& fm = fontMetrics(); int topLineYOffset = 0; int yOffset = (m_cursorYPos - m_firstLine) * fm.lineSpacing() + topLineYOffset; repaint(0, yOffset, width(), fm.lineSpacing() + 2); m_bCursorUpdate = false; } m_cursorTimer.start(500); } void MergeResultWindow::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent* e) { int d = -e->delta() * QApplication::wheelScrollLines() / 120; e->accept(); scroll(0, min2(d, getNofVisibleLines())); } bool MergeResultWindow::event(QEvent* e) { if(e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress) { QKeyEvent* ke = static_cast(e); if(ke->key() == Qt::Key_Tab) { // special tab handling here to avoid moving focus keyPressEvent(ke); return true; } } return QWidget::event(e); } void MergeResultWindow::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* e) { int y = m_cursorYPos; MergeLineList::iterator mlIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt; calcIteratorFromLineNr(y, mlIt, melIt); QString str = melIt->getString(this); int x = convertToPosInText(str, m_cursorXPos, m_pOptions->m_tabSize); QTextLayout textLayoutOrig(str, font(), this); getTextLayoutForLine(y, str, textLayoutOrig); bool bCtrl = (e->QInputEvent::modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) != 0; bool bShift = (e->QInputEvent::modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier) != 0; #ifdef Q_OS_WIN bool bAlt = (e->QInputEvent::modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) != 0; if(bCtrl && bAlt) { bCtrl = false; bAlt = false; } // AltGr-Key pressed. #endif bool bYMoveKey = false; // Special keys switch(e->key()) { case Qt::Key_Escape: break; //case Key_Tab: break; case Qt::Key_Backtab: break; case Qt::Key_Delete: { if(deleteSelection2(str, x, y, mlIt, melIt)) break; if(!melIt->isEditableText()) break; if(x >= (int)str.length()) { if(y < m_totalSize - 1) { setModified(); MergeLineList::iterator mlIt1; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt1; calcIteratorFromLineNr(y + 1, mlIt1, melIt1); if(melIt1->isEditableText()) { QString s2 = melIt1->getString(this); melIt->setString(str + s2); // Remove the line if(mlIt1->mergeEditLineList.size() > 1) mlIt1->mergeEditLineList.erase(melIt1); else melIt1->setRemoved(); } } } else { QString s = str.left(x); s += str.midRef(x + 1); melIt->setString(s); setModified(); } break; } case Qt::Key_Backspace: { if(deleteSelection2(str, x, y, mlIt, melIt)) break; if(!melIt->isEditableText()) break; if(x == 0) { if(y > 0) { setModified(); MergeLineList::iterator mlIt1; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt1; calcIteratorFromLineNr(y - 1, mlIt1, melIt1); if(melIt1->isEditableText()) { QString s1 = melIt1->getString(this); melIt1->setString(s1 + str); // Remove the previous line if(mlIt->mergeEditLineList.size() > 1) mlIt->mergeEditLineList.erase(melIt); else melIt->setRemoved(); --y; x = str.length(); } } } else { QString s = str.left(x - 1); s += str.midRef(x); --x; melIt->setString(s); setModified(); } break; } case Qt::Key_Return: case Qt::Key_Enter: { if(!melIt->isEditableText()) break; deleteSelection2(str, x, y, mlIt, melIt); setModified(); QString indentation; if(m_pOptions->m_bAutoIndentation) { // calc last indentation MergeLineList::iterator mlIt1 = mlIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt1 = melIt; for(;;) { const QString s = melIt1->getString(this); if(!s.isEmpty()) { int i; for(i = 0; i < s.length(); ++i) { if(s[i] != ' ' && s[i] != '\t') break; } if(i < s.length()) { indentation = s.left(i); break; } } // Go back one line if(melIt1 != mlIt1->mergeEditLineList.begin()) --melIt1; else { if(mlIt1 == m_mergeLineList.begin()) break; --mlIt1; melIt1 = mlIt1->mergeEditLineList.end(); --melIt1; } } } MergeEditLine mel(mlIt->id3l); // Associate every mel with an id3l, even if not really valid. mel.setString(indentation + str.mid(x)); if(x < (int)str.length()) // Cut off the old line. { // Since ps possibly points into melIt->str, first copy it into a temporary. QString temp = str.left(x); melIt->setString(temp); } ++melIt; mlIt->mergeEditLineList.insert(melIt, mel); x = indentation.length(); ++y; break; } case Qt::Key_Insert: m_bInsertMode = !m_bInsertMode; break; case Qt::Key_Pause: break; case Qt::Key_Print: break; case Qt::Key_SysReq: break; case Qt::Key_Home: x = 0; if(bCtrl) { y = 0; } break; // cursor movement case Qt::Key_End: x = INT_MAX; if(bCtrl) { y = INT_MAX; } break; case Qt::Key_Left: case Qt::Key_Right: if((e->key() == Qt::Key_Left) != m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage) { if(!bCtrl) { int newX = textLayoutOrig.previousCursorPosition(x); if(newX == x && y > 0) { --y; x = INT_MAX; } else { x = newX; } } else { while(x > 0 && (str[x - 1] == ' ' || str[x - 1] == '\t')) { int newX = textLayoutOrig.previousCursorPosition(x); if(newX == x) break; x = newX; } while(x > 0 && (str[x - 1] != ' ' && str[x - 1] != '\t')) { int newX = textLayoutOrig.previousCursorPosition(x); if(newX == x) break; x = newX; } } } else { if(!bCtrl) { int newX = textLayoutOrig.nextCursorPosition(x); if(newX == x && y < m_totalSize - 1) { ++y; x = 0; } else { x = newX; } } else { while(x < (int)str.length() && (str[x] == ' ' || str[x] == '\t')) { int newX = textLayoutOrig.nextCursorPosition(x); if(newX == x) break; x = newX; } while(x < (int)str.length() && (str[x] != ' ' && str[x] != '\t')) { int newX = textLayoutOrig.nextCursorPosition(x); if(newX == x) break; x = newX; } } } break; case Qt::Key_Up: if(!bCtrl) { --y; bYMoveKey = true; } break; case Qt::Key_Down: if(!bCtrl) { ++y; bYMoveKey = true; } break; case Qt::Key_PageUp: if(!bCtrl) { y -= getNofVisibleLines(); bYMoveKey = true; } break; case Qt::Key_PageDown: if(!bCtrl) { y += getNofVisibleLines(); bYMoveKey = true; } break; default: { QString t = e->text(); if(t.isEmpty() || bCtrl) { e->ignore(); return; } else { if(bCtrl) { e->ignore(); return; } else { if(!melIt->isEditableText()) break; deleteSelection2(str, x, y, mlIt, melIt); setModified(); // Characters to insert QString s = str; if(t[0] == '\t' && m_pOptions->m_bReplaceTabs) { int spaces = (m_cursorXPos / m_pOptions->m_tabSize + 1) * m_pOptions->m_tabSize - m_cursorXPos; t.fill(' ', spaces); } if(m_bInsertMode) s.insert(x, t); else s.replace(x, t.length(), t); melIt->setString(s); x += t.length(); bShift = false; } } } } y = minMaxLimiter(y, 0, m_totalSize - 1); calcIteratorFromLineNr(y, mlIt, melIt); str = melIt->getString(this); x = minMaxLimiter(x, 0, (int)str.length()); int newFirstLine = m_firstLine; int newHorizScrollOffset = m_horizScrollOffset; if(y < m_firstLine) newFirstLine = y; else if(y > m_firstLine + getNofVisibleLines()) newFirstLine = y - getNofVisibleLines(); QTextLayout textLayout(str, font(), this); getTextLayoutForLine(m_cursorYPos, str, textLayout); // try to preserve cursor x pixel position when moving to another line if(bYMoveKey) { if(m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage) x = textLayout.lineAt(0).xToCursor(m_cursorOldXPixelPos - (textLayout.position().x() - m_horizScrollOffset)); else x = textLayout.lineAt(0).xToCursor(m_cursorOldXPixelPos); } m_cursorXPixelPos = textLayout.lineAt(0).cursorToX(x); int hF = 1; // horizontal factor if(m_pOptions->m_bRightToLeftLanguage) { m_cursorXPixelPos += textLayout.position().x() - m_horizScrollOffset; hF = -1; } int cursorWidth = 5; if(m_cursorXPixelPos < hF * m_horizScrollOffset) newHorizScrollOffset = hF * m_cursorXPixelPos; else if(m_cursorXPixelPos > hF * m_horizScrollOffset + getVisibleTextAreaWidth() - cursorWidth) newHorizScrollOffset = hF * (m_cursorXPixelPos - (getVisibleTextAreaWidth() - cursorWidth)); int newCursorX = x; if(bShift) { if(!m_selection.isValidFirstLine()) m_selection.start(m_cursorYPos, m_cursorXPos); m_selection.end(y, newCursorX); } else m_selection.reset(); m_cursorYPos = y; m_cursorXPos = newCursorX; // TODO if width of current line exceeds the current maximum width then force recalculating the scrollbars if(textLayout.maximumWidth() > getMaxTextWidth()) { m_maxTextWidth = textLayout.maximumWidth(); emit resizeSignal(); } if(!bYMoveKey) m_cursorOldXPixelPos = m_cursorXPixelPos; m_bCursorOn = true; m_cursorTimer.start(500); update(); if(newFirstLine != m_firstLine || newHorizScrollOffset != m_horizScrollOffset) { scroll(newHorizScrollOffset - m_horizScrollOffset, newFirstLine - m_firstLine); return; } } void MergeResultWindow::calcIteratorFromLineNr( int line, MergeResultWindow::MergeLineList::iterator& mlIt, MergeResultWindow::MergeEditLineList::iterator& melIt) { for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { MergeLine& ml = *mlIt; if(line > ml.mergeEditLineList.size()) { line -= ml.mergeEditLineList.size(); } else { for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end(); ++melIt) { --line; if(line < 0) return; } } } } QString MergeResultWindow::getSelection() { QString selectionString; int line = 0; MergeLineList::iterator mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { MergeLine& ml = *mlIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt; for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end(); ++melIt) { MergeEditLine& mel = *melIt; if(m_selection.lineWithin(line)) { int outPos = 0; if(mel.isEditableText()) { const QString str = mel.getString(this); // Consider tabs for(int i = 0; i < str.length(); ++i) { int spaces = 1; if(str[i] == '\t') { spaces = tabber(outPos, m_pOptions->m_tabSize); } if(m_selection.within(line, outPos)) { selectionString += str[i]; } outPos += spaces; } } else if(mel.isConflict()) { selectionString += i18n(""); } if(m_selection.within(line, outPos)) { #ifdef Q_OS_WIN selectionString += '\r'; #endif selectionString += '\n'; } } ++line; } } return selectionString; } bool MergeResultWindow::deleteSelection2(QString& s, int& x, int& y, MergeLineList::iterator& mlIt, MergeEditLineList::iterator& melIt) { if(m_selection.selectionContainsData()) { Q_ASSERT(m_selection.isValidFirstLine()); deleteSelection(); y = m_cursorYPos; calcIteratorFromLineNr(y, mlIt, melIt); s = melIt->getString(this); x = convertToPosInText(s, m_cursorXPos, m_pOptions->m_tabSize); return true; } return false; } void MergeResultWindow::deleteSelection() { if(!m_selection.selectionContainsData()) { return; } Q_ASSERT(m_selection.isValidFirstLine()); setModified(); int line = 0; MergeLineList::iterator mlItFirst; MergeEditLineList::iterator melItFirst; QString firstLineString; int firstLine = -1; int lastLine = -1; MergeLineList::iterator mlIt; for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { MergeLine& ml = *mlIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt; for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end(); ++melIt) { MergeEditLine& mel = *melIt; if(mel.isEditableText() && m_selection.lineWithin(line)) { if(firstLine == -1) firstLine = line; lastLine = line; } ++line; } } if(firstLine == -1) { return; // Nothing to delete. } line = 0; for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { MergeLine& ml = *mlIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt, melIt1; for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end();) { MergeEditLine& mel = *melIt; melIt1 = melIt; ++melIt1; if(mel.isEditableText() && m_selection.lineWithin(line)) { QString lineString = mel.getString(this); int firstPosInLine = m_selection.firstPosInLine(line); int lastPosInLine = m_selection.lastPosInLine(line); if(line == firstLine) { mlItFirst = mlIt; melItFirst = melIt; int pos = convertToPosInText(lineString, firstPosInLine, m_pOptions->m_tabSize); firstLineString = lineString.left(pos); } if(line == lastLine) { // This is the last line in the selection int pos = convertToPosInText(lineString, lastPosInLine, m_pOptions->m_tabSize); firstLineString += lineString.midRef(pos); // rest of line melItFirst->setString(firstLineString); } if(line != firstLine || (m_selection.endPos() - m_selection.beginPos()) == lineString.length()) { // Remove the line if(mlIt->mergeEditLineList.size() > 1) mlIt->mergeEditLineList.erase(melIt); else melIt->setRemoved(); } } ++line; melIt = melIt1; } } m_cursorYPos = m_selection.beginLine(); m_cursorXPos = m_selection.beginPos(); m_cursorOldXPixelPos = m_cursorXPixelPos; m_selection.reset(); } void MergeResultWindow::pasteClipboard(bool bFromSelection) { //checking of m_selection if needed is done by deleteSelection no need for check here. deleteSelection(); setModified(); int y = m_cursorYPos; MergeLineList::iterator mlIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt, melItAfter; calcIteratorFromLineNr(y, mlIt, melIt); melItAfter = melIt; ++melItAfter; QString str = melIt->getString(this); int x = convertToPosInText(str, m_cursorXPos, m_pOptions->m_tabSize); if(!QApplication::clipboard()->supportsSelection()) bFromSelection = false; QString clipBoard = QApplication::clipboard()->text(bFromSelection ? QClipboard::Selection : QClipboard::Clipboard); QString currentLine = str.left(x); QString endOfLine = str.mid(x); int i; int len = clipBoard.length(); for(i = 0; i < len; ++i) { QChar c = clipBoard[i]; if(c == '\r') continue; if(c == '\n') { melIt->setString(currentLine); MergeEditLine mel(mlIt->id3l); // Associate every mel with an id3l, even if not really valid. melIt = mlIt->mergeEditLineList.insert(melItAfter, mel); currentLine = ""; x = 0; ++y; } else { currentLine += c; ++x; } } currentLine += endOfLine; melIt->setString(currentLine); m_cursorYPos = y; m_cursorXPos = convertToPosOnScreen(currentLine, x, m_pOptions->m_tabSize); m_cursorOldXPixelPos = m_cursorXPixelPos; update(); } void MergeResultWindow::resetSelection() { m_selection.reset(); update(); } void MergeResultWindow::setModified(bool bModified) { if(bModified != m_bModified) { m_bModified = bModified; emit modifiedChanged(m_bModified); } } /// Saves and returns true when successful. bool MergeResultWindow::saveDocument(const QString& fileName, QTextCodec* pEncoding, e_LineEndStyle eLineEndStyle) { // Are still conflicts somewhere? if(getNrOfUnsolvedConflicts() > 0) { KMessageBox::error(this, i18n("Not all conflicts are solved yet.\n" "File not saved.\n"), i18n("Conflicts Left")); return false; } if(eLineEndStyle == eLineEndStyleConflict || eLineEndStyle == eLineEndStyleUndefined) { KMessageBox::error(this, i18n("There is a line end style conflict. Please choose the line end style manually.\n" "File not saved.\n"), i18n("Conflicts Left")); return false; } update(); FileAccess file(fileName, true /*bWantToWrite*/); if(m_pOptions->m_bDmCreateBakFiles && file.exists()) { bool bSuccess = file.createBackup(".orig"); if(!bSuccess) { KMessageBox::error(this, file.getStatusText() + i18n("\n\nCreating backup failed. File not saved."), i18n("File Save Error")); return false; } } QByteArray dataArray; QTextStream textOutStream(&dataArray, QIODevice::WriteOnly); if(pEncoding->name() == "UTF-8") textOutStream.setGenerateByteOrderMark(false); // Shouldn't be necessary. Bug in Qt or docs else textOutStream.setGenerateByteOrderMark(true); // Only for UTF-16 textOutStream.setCodec(pEncoding); int line = 0; MergeLineList::iterator mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); for(mlIt = m_mergeLineList.begin(); mlIt != m_mergeLineList.end(); ++mlIt) { MergeLine& ml = *mlIt; MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt; for(melIt = ml.mergeEditLineList.begin(); melIt != ml.mergeEditLineList.end(); ++melIt) { MergeEditLine& mel = *melIt; if(mel.isEditableText()) { QString str = mel.getString(this); if(line > 0) // Prepend line feed, but not for first line { if(eLineEndStyle == eLineEndStyleDos) { str.prepend("\r\n"); } else { str.prepend("\n"); } } textOutStream << str; ++line; } } } textOutStream.flush(); bool bSuccess = file.writeFile(dataArray.data(), dataArray.size()); if(!bSuccess) { KMessageBox::error(this, i18n("Error while writing."), i18n("File Save Error")); return false; } setModified(false); update(); return true; } QString MergeResultWindow::getString(int lineIdx) { MergeResultWindow::MergeLineList::iterator mlIt; MergeResultWindow::MergeEditLineList::iterator melIt; calcIteratorFromLineNr(lineIdx, mlIt, melIt); QString s = melIt->getString(this); return s; } bool MergeResultWindow::findString(const QString& s, int& d3vLine, int& posInLine, bool bDirDown, bool bCaseSensitive) { int it = d3vLine; int endIt = bDirDown ? getNofLines() : -1; int step = bDirDown ? 1 : -1; int startPos = posInLine; for(; it != endIt; it += step) { QString line = getString(it); if(!line.isEmpty()) { int pos = line.indexOf(s, startPos, bCaseSensitive ? Qt::CaseSensitive : Qt::CaseInsensitive); if(pos != -1) { d3vLine = it; posInLine = pos; return true; } startPos = 0; } } return false; } void MergeResultWindow::setSelection(int firstLine, int startPos, int lastLine, int endPos) { if(lastLine >= getNofLines()) { lastLine = getNofLines() - 1; QString s = getString(lastLine); endPos = s.length(); } m_selection.reset(); m_selection.start(firstLine, convertToPosOnScreen(getString(firstLine), startPos, m_pOptions->m_tabSize)); m_selection.end(lastLine, convertToPosOnScreen(getString(lastLine), endPos, m_pOptions->m_tabSize)); update(); } Overview::Overview(Options* pOptions) //: QWidget( pParent, 0, Qt::WNoAutoErase ) { m_pDiff3LineList = nullptr; m_pOptions = pOptions; m_bTripleDiff = false; m_eOverviewMode = eOMNormal; m_nofLines = 1; m_bPaintingAllowed = false; m_firstLine = 0; m_pageHeight = 0; setFixedWidth(20); } void Overview::init(Diff3LineList* pDiff3LineList, bool bTripleDiff) { m_pDiff3LineList = pDiff3LineList; m_bTripleDiff = bTripleDiff; m_pixmap = QPixmap(QSize(0, 0)); // make sure that a redraw happens update(); } void Overview::reset() { m_pDiff3LineList = nullptr; } void Overview::slotRedraw() { m_pixmap = QPixmap(QSize(0, 0)); // make sure that a redraw happens update(); } void Overview::setRange(int firstLine, int pageHeight) { m_firstLine = firstLine; m_pageHeight = pageHeight; update(); } void Overview::setFirstLine(int firstLine) { m_firstLine = firstLine; update(); } void Overview::setOverviewMode(e_OverviewMode eOverviewMode) { m_eOverviewMode = eOverviewMode; slotRedraw(); } Overview::e_OverviewMode Overview::getOverviewMode() { return m_eOverviewMode; } void Overview::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* e) { int h = height() - 1; int h1 = h * m_pageHeight / max2(1, m_nofLines) + 3; if(h > 0) emit setLine((e->y() - h1 / 2) * m_nofLines / h); } void Overview::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent* e) { mousePressEvent(e); } void Overview::setPaintingAllowed(bool bAllowPainting) { if(m_bPaintingAllowed != bAllowPainting) { m_bPaintingAllowed = bAllowPainting; if(m_bPaintingAllowed) update(); else reset(); } } void Overview::drawColumn(QPainter& p, e_OverviewMode eOverviewMode, int x, int w, int h, int nofLines) { p.setPen(Qt::black); p.drawLine(x, 0, x, h); if(nofLines == 0) return; int line = 0; int oldY = 0; int oldConflictY = -1; int wrapLineIdx = 0; Diff3LineList::const_iterator i; for(i = m_pDiff3LineList->begin(); i != m_pDiff3LineList->end();) { const Diff3Line& d3l = *i; int y = h * (line + 1) / nofLines; e_MergeDetails md; bool bConflict; bool bLineRemoved; int src; mergeOneLine(d3l, md, bConflict, bLineRemoved, src, !m_bTripleDiff); QColor c = m_pOptions->m_bgColor; bool bWhiteSpaceChange = false; //if( bConflict ) c=m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict; //else if(eOverviewMode == eOMNormal) { switch(md) { case eDefault: case eNoChange: c = m_pOptions->m_bgColor; break; case eBAdded: case eBDeleted: case eBChanged: c = bConflict ? m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict : m_pOptions->m_colorB; bWhiteSpaceChange = d3l.bAEqB || (d3l.bWhiteLineA && d3l.bWhiteLineB); break; case eCAdded: case eCDeleted: case eCChanged: bWhiteSpaceChange = d3l.bAEqC || (d3l.bWhiteLineA && d3l.bWhiteLineC); c = bConflict ? m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict : m_pOptions->m_colorC; break; case eBCChanged: // conflict case eBCChangedAndEqual: // possible conflict case eBCDeleted: // possible conflict case eBChanged_CDeleted: // conflict case eCChanged_BDeleted: // conflict case eBCAdded: // conflict case eBCAddedAndEqual: // possible conflict c = m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict; break; default: Q_ASSERT(true); break; } } else if(eOverviewMode == eOMAvsB) { switch(md) { case eDefault: case eNoChange: case eCAdded: case eCDeleted: case eCChanged: break; default: c = m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict; bWhiteSpaceChange = d3l.bAEqB || (d3l.bWhiteLineA && d3l.bWhiteLineB); break; } } else if(eOverviewMode == eOMAvsC) { switch(md) { case eDefault: case eNoChange: case eBAdded: case eBDeleted: case eBChanged: break; default: c = m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict; bWhiteSpaceChange = d3l.bAEqC || (d3l.bWhiteLineA && d3l.bWhiteLineC); break; } } else if(eOverviewMode == eOMBvsC) { switch(md) { case eDefault: case eNoChange: case eBCChangedAndEqual: case eBCDeleted: case eBCAddedAndEqual: break; default: c = m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict; bWhiteSpaceChange = d3l.bBEqC || (d3l.bWhiteLineB && d3l.bWhiteLineC); break; } } int x2 = x; int w2 = w; if(!m_bTripleDiff) { if(d3l.lineA == -1 && d3l.lineB >= 0) { c = m_pOptions->m_colorA; x2 = w / 2; w2 = x2; } if(d3l.lineA >= 0 && d3l.lineB == -1) { c = m_pOptions->m_colorB; w2 = w / 2; } } if(!bWhiteSpaceChange || m_pOptions->m_bShowWhiteSpace) { // Make sure that lines with conflict are not overwritten. if(c == m_pOptions->m_colorForConflict) { p.fillRect(x2 + 1, oldY, w2, max2(1, y - oldY), bWhiteSpaceChange ? QBrush(c, Qt::Dense4Pattern) : QBrush(c)); oldConflictY = oldY; } else if(c != m_pOptions->m_bgColor && oldY > oldConflictY) { p.fillRect(x2 + 1, oldY, w2, max2(1, y - oldY), bWhiteSpaceChange ? QBrush(c, Qt::Dense4Pattern) : QBrush(c)); } } oldY = y; ++line; if(m_pOptions->m_bWordWrap) { ++wrapLineIdx; if(wrapLineIdx >= d3l.linesNeededForDisplay) { wrapLineIdx = 0; ++i; } } else { ++i; } } } void Overview::paintEvent(QPaintEvent*) { if(m_pDiff3LineList == nullptr || !m_bPaintingAllowed) return; int h = height() - 1; int w = width(); if(m_pixmap.size() != size()) { if(m_pOptions->m_bWordWrap) { m_nofLines = 0; Diff3LineList::const_iterator i; for(i = m_pDiff3LineList->begin(); i != m_pDiff3LineList->end(); ++i) { m_nofLines += i->linesNeededForDisplay; } } else { m_nofLines = m_pDiff3LineList->size(); } m_pixmap = QPixmap(size()); QPainter p(&m_pixmap); p.fillRect(rect(), m_pOptions->m_bgColor); if(!m_bTripleDiff || m_eOverviewMode == eOMNormal) { drawColumn(p, eOMNormal, 0, w, h, m_nofLines); } else { drawColumn(p, eOMNormal, 0, w / 2, h, m_nofLines); drawColumn(p, m_eOverviewMode, w / 2, w / 2, h, m_nofLines); } } QPainter painter(this); painter.drawPixmap(0, 0, m_pixmap); int y1 = h * m_firstLine / m_nofLines - 1; int h1 = h * m_pageHeight / m_nofLines + 3; painter.setPen(Qt::black); painter.drawRect(1, y1, w - 1, h1); } WindowTitleWidget::WindowTitleWidget(Options* pOptions) { m_pOptions = pOptions; setAutoFillBackground(true); QHBoxLayout* pHLayout = new QHBoxLayout(this); pHLayout->setMargin(2); pHLayout->setSpacing(2); m_pLabel = new QLabel(i18n("Output") + ":"); pHLayout->addWidget(m_pLabel); m_pFileNameLineEdit = new QLineEdit(); pHLayout->addWidget(m_pFileNameLineEdit, 6); m_pFileNameLineEdit->installEventFilter(this); m_pFileNameLineEdit->setReadOnly(true); //m_pBrowseButton = new QPushButton("..."); //pHLayout->addWidget( m_pBrowseButton, 0 ); //connect( m_pBrowseButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(slotBrowseButtonClicked())); m_pModifiedLabel = new QLabel(i18n("[Modified]")); pHLayout->addWidget(m_pModifiedLabel); m_pModifiedLabel->setMinimumSize(m_pModifiedLabel->sizeHint()); m_pModifiedLabel->setText(""); pHLayout->addStretch(1); m_pEncodingLabel = new QLabel(i18n("Encoding for saving") + ":"); pHLayout->addWidget(m_pEncodingLabel); m_pEncodingSelector = new QComboBox(); m_pEncodingSelector->setSizeAdjustPolicy(QComboBox::AdjustToContents); pHLayout->addWidget(m_pEncodingSelector, 2); setEncodings(nullptr, nullptr, nullptr); m_pLineEndStyleLabel = new QLabel(i18n("Line end style:")); pHLayout->addWidget(m_pLineEndStyleLabel); m_pLineEndStyleSelector = new QComboBox(); m_pLineEndStyleSelector->setSizeAdjustPolicy(QComboBox::AdjustToContents); pHLayout->addWidget(m_pLineEndStyleSelector); setLineEndStyles(eLineEndStyleUndefined, eLineEndStyleUndefined, eLineEndStyleUndefined); } void WindowTitleWidget::setFileName(const QString& fileName) { m_pFileNameLineEdit->setText(QDir::toNativeSeparators(fileName)); } QString WindowTitleWidget::getFileName() { return m_pFileNameLineEdit->text(); } //static QString getLineEndStyleName( e_LineEndStyle eLineEndStyle ) //{ // if ( eLineEndStyle == eLineEndStyleDos ) // return "DOS"; // else if ( eLineEndStyle == eLineEndStyleUnix ) // return "Unix"; // return QString(); //} void WindowTitleWidget::setLineEndStyles(e_LineEndStyle eLineEndStyleA, e_LineEndStyle eLineEndStyleB, e_LineEndStyle eLineEndStyleC) { m_pLineEndStyleSelector->clear(); QString dosUsers; if(eLineEndStyleA == eLineEndStyleDos) dosUsers += "A"; if(eLineEndStyleB == eLineEndStyleDos) dosUsers += (dosUsers.isEmpty() ? "" : ", ") + QString("B"); if(eLineEndStyleC == eLineEndStyleDos) dosUsers += (dosUsers.isEmpty() ? "" : ", ") + QString("C"); QString unxUsers; if(eLineEndStyleA == eLineEndStyleUnix) unxUsers += "A"; if(eLineEndStyleB == eLineEndStyleUnix) unxUsers += (unxUsers.isEmpty() ? "" : ", ") + QString("B"); if(eLineEndStyleC == eLineEndStyleUnix) unxUsers += (unxUsers.isEmpty() ? "" : ", ") + QString("C"); m_pLineEndStyleSelector->addItem(i18n("Unix") + (unxUsers.isEmpty() ? QString("") : " (" + unxUsers + ")")); m_pLineEndStyleSelector->addItem(i18n("DOS") + (dosUsers.isEmpty() ? QString("") : " (" + dosUsers + ")")); e_LineEndStyle autoChoice = (e_LineEndStyle)m_pOptions->m_lineEndStyle; if(m_pOptions->m_lineEndStyle == eLineEndStyleAutoDetect) { if(eLineEndStyleA != eLineEndStyleUndefined && eLineEndStyleB != eLineEndStyleUndefined && eLineEndStyleC != eLineEndStyleUndefined) { if(eLineEndStyleA == eLineEndStyleB) autoChoice = eLineEndStyleC; else if(eLineEndStyleA == eLineEndStyleC) autoChoice = eLineEndStyleB; else autoChoice = eLineEndStyleConflict; //conflict (not likely while only two values exist) } else { e_LineEndStyle c1, c2; if(eLineEndStyleA == eLineEndStyleUndefined) { c1 = eLineEndStyleB; c2 = eLineEndStyleC; } else if(eLineEndStyleB == eLineEndStyleUndefined) { c1 = eLineEndStyleA; c2 = eLineEndStyleC; } else /*if( eLineEndStyleC == eLineEndStyleUndefined )*/ { c1 = eLineEndStyleA; c2 = eLineEndStyleB; } if(c1 == c2 && c1 != eLineEndStyleUndefined) autoChoice = c1; else autoChoice = eLineEndStyleConflict; } } if(autoChoice == eLineEndStyleUnix) m_pLineEndStyleSelector->setCurrentIndex(0); else if(autoChoice == eLineEndStyleDos) m_pLineEndStyleSelector->setCurrentIndex(1); else if(autoChoice == eLineEndStyleConflict) { m_pLineEndStyleSelector->addItem(i18n("Conflict")); m_pLineEndStyleSelector->setCurrentIndex(2); } } e_LineEndStyle WindowTitleWidget::getLineEndStyle() { int current = m_pLineEndStyleSelector->currentIndex(); if(current == 0) return eLineEndStyleUnix; else if(current == 1) return eLineEndStyleDos; else return eLineEndStyleConflict; } void WindowTitleWidget::setEncodings(QTextCodec* pCodecForA, QTextCodec* pCodecForB, QTextCodec* pCodecForC) { m_pEncodingSelector->clear(); // First sort codec names: std::map names; QList mibs = QTextCodec::availableMibs(); foreach(int i, mibs) { QTextCodec* c = QTextCodec::codecForMib(i); if(c != nullptr) names[QString(c->name())] = c; } if(pCodecForA) m_pEncodingSelector->addItem(i18n("Codec from") + " A: " + pCodecForA->name(), QVariant::fromValue((void*)pCodecForA)); if(pCodecForB) m_pEncodingSelector->addItem(i18n("Codec from") + " B: " + pCodecForB->name(), QVariant::fromValue((void*)pCodecForB)); if(pCodecForC) m_pEncodingSelector->addItem(i18n("Codec from") + " C: " + pCodecForC->name(), QVariant::fromValue((void*)pCodecForC)); std::map::iterator it; for(it = names.begin(); it != names.end(); ++it) { m_pEncodingSelector->addItem(it->first, QVariant::fromValue((void*)it->second)); } m_pEncodingSelector->setMinimumSize(m_pEncodingSelector->sizeHint()); if(pCodecForC && pCodecForB && pCodecForA) { if(pCodecForA == pCodecForB) m_pEncodingSelector->setCurrentIndex(2); // C else if(pCodecForA == pCodecForC) m_pEncodingSelector->setCurrentIndex(1); // B else m_pEncodingSelector->setCurrentIndex(2); // C } else if(pCodecForA && pCodecForB) m_pEncodingSelector->setCurrentIndex(1); // B else m_pEncodingSelector->setCurrentIndex(0); } QTextCodec* WindowTitleWidget::getEncoding() { return (QTextCodec*)m_pEncodingSelector->itemData(m_pEncodingSelector->currentIndex()).value(); } void WindowTitleWidget::setEncoding(QTextCodec* pEncoding) { int idx = m_pEncodingSelector->findText(pEncoding->name()); if(idx >= 0) m_pEncodingSelector->setCurrentIndex(idx); } //void WindowTitleWidget::slotBrowseButtonClicked() //{ // QString current = m_pFileNameLineEdit->text(); // // QUrl newURL = KFileDialog::getSaveUrl( current, 0, this, i18n("Select file (not saving yet)")); // if ( !newURL.isEmpty() ) // { // m_pFileNameLineEdit->setText( newURL.url() ); // } //} void WindowTitleWidget::slotSetModified(bool bModified) { m_pModifiedLabel->setText(bModified ? i18n("[Modified]") : ""); } bool WindowTitleWidget::eventFilter(QObject* o, QEvent* e) { if(e->type() == QEvent::FocusIn || e->type() == QEvent::FocusOut) { QPalette p = m_pLabel->palette(); QColor c1 = m_pOptions->m_fgColor; QColor c2 = Qt::lightGray; if(e->type() == QEvent::FocusOut) c2 = m_pOptions->m_bgColor; p.setColor(QPalette::Window, c2); setPalette(p); p.setColor(QPalette::WindowText, c1); m_pLabel->setPalette(p); m_pEncodingLabel->setPalette(p); m_pEncodingSelector->setPalette(p); } if(o == m_pFileNameLineEdit && e->type() == QEvent::Drop) { QDropEvent* d = static_cast(e); if(d->mimeData()->hasUrls()) { QList lst = d->mimeData()->urls(); if(lst.count() > 0) { static_cast(o)->setText(lst[0].toString()); static_cast(o)->setFocus(); return true; } } } return false; } //#include "mergeresultwindow.moc" diff --git a/src/mergeresultwindow.h b/src/mergeresultwindow.h index 5c7dc55..8df579c 100644 --- a/src/mergeresultwindow.h +++ b/src/mergeresultwindow.h @@ -1,465 +1,464 @@ /*************************************************************************** mergeresultwindow.h - description ------------------- begin : Mon Mar 18 2002 copyright : (C) 2002-2007 by Joachim Eibl email : joachim.eibl at gmx.de ***************************************************************************/ /*************************************************************************** * * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * * (at your option) any later version. * * * ***************************************************************************/ #ifndef MERGERESULTWINDOW_H #define MERGERESULTWINDOW_H #include "diff.h" #include #include #include #include #include class QPainter; class Overview : public QWidget { Q_OBJECT public: explicit Overview( Options* pOptions ); void init( Diff3LineList* pDiff3LineList, bool bTripleDiff ); void reset(); void setRange( int firstLine, int pageHeight ); void setPaintingAllowed( bool bAllowPainting ); enum e_OverviewMode { eOMNormal, eOMAvsB, eOMAvsC, eOMBvsC }; void setOverviewMode( e_OverviewMode eOverviewMode ); e_OverviewMode getOverviewMode(); public Q_SLOTS: void setFirstLine(int firstLine); void slotRedraw(); Q_SIGNALS: void setLine(int); private: const Diff3LineList* m_pDiff3LineList; Options* m_pOptions; bool m_bTripleDiff; int m_firstLine; int m_pageHeight; QPixmap m_pixmap; bool m_bPaintingAllowed; e_OverviewMode m_eOverviewMode; int m_nofLines; void paintEvent( QPaintEvent* e ) override; void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent* e ) override; void mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent* e ) override; void drawColumn( QPainter& p, e_OverviewMode eOverviewMode, int x, int w, int h, int nofLines ); }; enum e_MergeDetails { eDefault, eNoChange, eBChanged, eCChanged, eBCChanged, // conflict eBCChangedAndEqual, // possible conflict eBDeleted, eCDeleted, eBCDeleted, // possible conflict eBChanged_CDeleted, // conflict eCChanged_BDeleted, // conflict eBAdded, eCAdded, eBCAdded, // conflict eBCAddedAndEqual // possible conflict }; void mergeOneLine( const Diff3Line& d, e_MergeDetails& mergeDetails, bool& bConflict, bool& bLineRemoved, int& src, bool bTwoInputs ); enum e_MergeSrcSelector { A=1, B=2, C=3 }; class MergeResultWindow : public QWidget { Q_OBJECT public: MergeResultWindow( QWidget* pParent, Options* pOptions, QStatusBar* pStatusBar ); void init( const LineData* pLineDataA, int sizeA, const LineData* pLineDataB, int sizeB, const LineData* pLineDataC, int sizeC, const Diff3LineList* pDiff3LineList, TotalDiffStatus* pTotalDiffStatus ); void reset(); bool saveDocument( const QString& fileName, QTextCodec* pEncoding, e_LineEndStyle eLineEndStyle ); int getNrOfUnsolvedConflicts(int* pNrOfWhiteSpaceConflicts=nullptr); void choose(int selector); void chooseGlobal(int selector, bool bConflictsOnly, bool bWhiteSpaceOnly ); int getMaxTextWidth(); // width of longest text line int getNofLines(); int getVisibleTextAreaWidth(); // text area width without the border int getNofVisibleLines(); QString getSelection(); void resetSelection(); void showNrOfConflicts(); bool isDeltaAboveCurrent(); bool isDeltaBelowCurrent(); bool isConflictAboveCurrent(); bool isConflictBelowCurrent(); bool isUnsolvedConflictAtCurrent(); bool isUnsolvedConflictAboveCurrent(); bool isUnsolvedConflictBelowCurrent(); bool findString( const QString& s, int& d3vLine, int& posInLine, bool bDirDown, bool bCaseSensitive ); void setSelection( int firstLine, int startPos, int lastLine, int endPos ); void setOverviewMode( Overview::e_OverviewMode eOverviewMode ); Overview::e_OverviewMode getOverviewMode(); public Q_SLOTS: void setFirstLine(int firstLine); void setHorizScrollOffset(int horizScrollOffset); void slotGoCurrent(); void slotGoTop(); void slotGoBottom(); void slotGoPrevDelta(); void slotGoNextDelta(); void slotGoPrevUnsolvedConflict(); void slotGoNextUnsolvedConflict(); void slotGoPrevConflict(); void slotGoNextConflict(); void slotAutoSolve(); void slotUnsolve(); void slotMergeHistory(); void slotRegExpAutoMerge(); void slotSplitDiff( int firstD3lLineIdx, int lastD3lLineIdx ); void slotJoinDiffs( int firstD3lLineIdx, int lastD3lLineIdx ); void slotSetFastSelectorLine(int); void setPaintingAllowed(bool); void updateSourceMask(); void slotStatusMessageChanged( const QString& ); Q_SIGNALS: - void scroll( int deltaX, int deltaY ); void modifiedChanged(bool bModified); void setFastSelectorRange( int line1, int nofLines ); void sourceMask( int srcMask, int enabledMask ); void resizeSignal(); void selectionEnd(); void newSelection(); void updateAvailabilities(); void showPopupMenu( const QPoint& point ); void noRelevantChangesDetected(); private: void merge(bool bAutoSolve, int defaultSelector, bool bConflictsOnly=false, bool bWhiteSpaceOnly=false ); QString getString( int lineIdx ); Options* m_pOptions; const LineData* m_pldA; const LineData* m_pldB; const LineData* m_pldC; int m_sizeA; int m_sizeB; int m_sizeC; const Diff3LineList* m_pDiff3LineList; TotalDiffStatus* m_pTotalDiffStatus; bool m_bPaintingAllowed; int m_delayedDrawTimer; Overview::e_OverviewMode m_eOverviewMode; QString m_persistentStatusMessage; void showUnsolvedConflictsStatusMessage(); private: class MergeEditLine { public: MergeEditLine(Diff3LineList::const_iterator i, int src=0){m_id3l=i; m_src=src; m_bLineRemoved=false; } void setConflict() { m_src=0; m_bLineRemoved=false; m_str=QString(); } bool isConflict() { return m_src==0 && !m_bLineRemoved && m_str.isEmpty(); } void setRemoved(int src=0) { m_src=src; m_bLineRemoved=true; m_str=QString(); } bool isRemoved() { return m_bLineRemoved; } bool isEditableText() { return !isConflict() && !isRemoved(); } void setString( const QString& s ){ m_str=s; m_bLineRemoved=false; m_src=0; } QString getString( const MergeResultWindow* ); bool isModified() { return ! m_str.isEmpty() || (m_bLineRemoved && m_src==0); } void setSource( int src, bool bLineRemoved ) { m_src=src; m_bLineRemoved =bLineRemoved; } int src() { return m_src; } Diff3LineList::const_iterator id3l(){return m_id3l;} // getString() is implemented as MergeResultWindow::getString() private: Diff3LineList::const_iterator m_id3l; int m_src; // 1, 2 or 3 for A, B or C respectively, or 0 when line is from neither source. QString m_str; // String when modified by user or null-string when orig data is used. bool m_bLineRemoved; }; class MergeEditLineList : private std::list { // I want to know the size immediately! private: typedef std::list BASE; int m_size; int* m_pTotalSize; public: typedef std::list::iterator iterator; typedef std::list::reverse_iterator reverse_iterator; typedef std::list::const_iterator const_iterator; MergeEditLineList(){m_size=0; m_pTotalSize=nullptr; } void clear() { ds(-m_size); BASE::clear(); } void push_back( const MergeEditLine& m) { ds(+1); BASE::push_back(m); } void push_front( const MergeEditLine& m) { ds(+1); BASE::push_front(m); } void pop_back() { ds(-1); BASE::pop_back(); } iterator erase( iterator i ) { ds(-1); return BASE::erase(i); } iterator insert( iterator i, const MergeEditLine& m ) { ds(+1); return BASE::insert(i,m); } int size(){ if (!m_pTotalSize) m_size = (int) BASE::size(); return m_size; } iterator begin(){return BASE::begin();} iterator end(){return BASE::end();} reverse_iterator rbegin(){return BASE::rbegin();} reverse_iterator rend(){return BASE::rend();} MergeEditLine& front(){return BASE::front();} MergeEditLine& back(){return BASE::back();} bool empty() { return m_size==0; } void splice(iterator destPos, MergeEditLineList& srcList, iterator srcFirst, iterator srcLast) { int* pTotalSize = getTotalSizePtr() ? getTotalSizePtr() : srcList.getTotalSizePtr(); srcList.setTotalSizePtr(nullptr); // Force size-recalc after splice, because splice doesn't handle size-tracking setTotalSizePtr(nullptr); BASE::splice( destPos, srcList, srcFirst, srcLast ); srcList.setTotalSizePtr( pTotalSize ); setTotalSizePtr( pTotalSize ); } void setTotalSizePtr(int* pTotalSize) { if ( pTotalSize==nullptr && m_pTotalSize!=nullptr ) { *m_pTotalSize -= size(); } else if ( pTotalSize!=nullptr && m_pTotalSize==nullptr ) { *pTotalSize += size(); } m_pTotalSize = pTotalSize; } int* getTotalSizePtr() { return m_pTotalSize; } private: void ds(int deltaSize) { m_size+=deltaSize; if (m_pTotalSize!=nullptr) *m_pTotalSize+=deltaSize; } }; friend class MergeEditLine; struct MergeLine { MergeLine() { srcSelect=0; mergeDetails=eDefault; d3lLineIdx = -1; srcRangeLength=0; bConflict=false; bDelta=false; bWhiteSpaceConflict=false; } Diff3LineList::const_iterator id3l; int d3lLineIdx; // Needed to show the correct window pos. int srcRangeLength; // how many src-lines have this properties e_MergeDetails mergeDetails; bool bConflict; bool bWhiteSpaceConflict; bool bDelta; int srcSelect; MergeEditLineList mergeEditLineList; void split( MergeLine& ml2, int d3lLineIdx2 ) // The caller must insert the ml2 after this ml in the m_mergeLineList { if ( d3lLineIdx2= d3lLineIdx + srcRangeLength ) return; //Error ml2.mergeDetails = mergeDetails; ml2.bConflict = bConflict; ml2.bWhiteSpaceConflict = bWhiteSpaceConflict; ml2.bDelta = bDelta; ml2.srcSelect = srcSelect; ml2.d3lLineIdx = d3lLineIdx2; ml2.srcRangeLength = srcRangeLength - (d3lLineIdx2-d3lLineIdx); srcRangeLength = d3lLineIdx2-d3lLineIdx; // current MergeLine controls fewer lines ml2.id3l = id3l; for(int i=0; iid3l()==ml2.id3l) { ml2.mergeEditLineList.splice( ml2.mergeEditLineList.begin(), mergeEditLineList, i, mergeEditLineList.end() ); return; } } ml2.mergeEditLineList.setTotalSizePtr( mergeEditLineList.getTotalSizePtr() ); ml2.mergeEditLineList.push_back(MergeEditLine(ml2.id3l)); } void join( MergeLine& ml2 ) // The caller must remove the ml2 from the m_mergeLineList after this call { srcRangeLength += ml2.srcRangeLength; ml2.mergeEditLineList.clear(); mergeEditLineList.clear(); mergeEditLineList.push_back(MergeEditLine(id3l)); // Create a simple conflict if ( ml2.bConflict ) bConflict = true; if ( !ml2.bWhiteSpaceConflict ) bWhiteSpaceConflict = false; if ( ml2.bDelta ) bDelta = true; } }; private: static bool sameKindCheck( const MergeLine& ml1, const MergeLine& ml2 ); struct HistoryMapEntry { MergeEditLineList mellA; MergeEditLineList mellB; MergeEditLineList mellC; MergeEditLineList& choice( bool bThreeInputs ); bool staysInPlace( bool bThreeInputs, Diff3LineList::const_iterator& iHistoryEnd ); }; typedef std::map HistoryMap; void collectHistoryInformation( int src, Diff3LineList::const_iterator iHistoryBegin, Diff3LineList::const_iterator iHistoryEnd, HistoryMap& historyMap, std::list< HistoryMap::iterator >& hitList ); typedef std::list MergeLineList; MergeLineList m_mergeLineList; MergeLineList::iterator m_currentMergeLineIt; bool isItAtEnd( bool bIncrement, MergeLineList::iterator i ) { if ( bIncrement ) return i!=m_mergeLineList.end(); else return i!=m_mergeLineList.begin(); } int m_currentPos; bool checkOverviewIgnore(MergeLineList::iterator &i); enum e_Direction { eUp, eDown }; enum e_EndPoint { eDelta, eConflict, eUnsolvedConflict, eLine, eEnd }; void go( e_Direction eDir, e_EndPoint eEndPoint ); void calcIteratorFromLineNr( int line, MergeLineList::iterator& mlIt, MergeEditLineList::iterator& melIt ); MergeLineList::iterator splitAtDiff3LineIdx( int d3lLineIdx ); void paintEvent( QPaintEvent* e ) override; int getTextXOffset(); QVector getTextLayoutForLine(int line, const QString& s, QTextLayout& textLayout ); void myUpdate(int afterMilliSecs); void timerEvent(QTimerEvent*) override; void writeLine( MyPainter& p, int line, const QString& str, int srcSelect, e_MergeDetails mergeDetails, int rangeMark, bool bUserModified, bool bLineRemoved, bool bWhiteSpaceConflict ); void setFastSelector(MergeLineList::iterator i); int convertToLine( int y ); bool event(QEvent*) override; void mousePressEvent ( QMouseEvent* e ) override; void mouseDoubleClickEvent ( QMouseEvent* e ) override; void mouseReleaseEvent ( QMouseEvent * ) override; void mouseMoveEvent ( QMouseEvent * ) override; void resizeEvent( QResizeEvent* e ) override; void keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent* e ) override; void wheelEvent( QWheelEvent* e ) override; void focusInEvent( QFocusEvent* e ) override; QPixmap m_pixmap; int m_firstLine; int m_horizScrollOffset; int m_nofLines; int m_totalSize; //Same as m_nofLines, but calculated differently int m_maxTextWidth; bool m_bMyUpdate; bool m_bInsertMode; bool m_bModified; void setModified(bool bModified=true); int m_scrollDeltaX; int m_scrollDeltaY; int m_cursorXPos; int m_cursorXPixelPos; int m_cursorYPos; int m_cursorOldXPixelPos; bool m_bCursorOn; // blinking on and off each second QTimer m_cursorTimer; bool m_bCursorUpdate; QStatusBar* m_pStatusBar; Selection m_selection; bool deleteSelection2( QString& str, int& x, int& y, MergeLineList::iterator& mlIt, MergeEditLineList::iterator& melIt ); bool doRelevantChangesExist(); public Q_SLOTS: void deleteSelection(); void pasteClipboard(bool bFromSelection); private Q_SLOTS: void slotCursorUpdate(); }; class QLineEdit; class QTextCodec; class QComboBox; class QLabel; class WindowTitleWidget : public QWidget { Q_OBJECT private: QLabel* m_pLabel; QLineEdit* m_pFileNameLineEdit; //QPushButton* m_pBrowseButton; QLabel* m_pModifiedLabel; QLabel* m_pLineEndStyleLabel; QComboBox* m_pLineEndStyleSelector; QLabel* m_pEncodingLabel; QComboBox* m_pEncodingSelector; Options* m_pOptions; public: explicit WindowTitleWidget(Options* pOptions); QTextCodec* getEncoding(); void setFileName(const QString& fileName ); QString getFileName(); void setEncodings( QTextCodec* pCodecForA, QTextCodec* pCodecForB, QTextCodec* pCodecForC ); void setEncoding( QTextCodec* pCodec ); void setLineEndStyles( e_LineEndStyle eLineEndStyleA, e_LineEndStyle eLineEndStyleB, e_LineEndStyle eLineEndStyleC); e_LineEndStyle getLineEndStyle(); bool eventFilter( QObject* o, QEvent* e ) override; public Q_SLOTS: void slotSetModified( bool bModified ); //private Q_SLOTS: // void slotBrowseButtonClicked(); }; #endif diff --git a/src/optiondialog.cpp b/src/optiondialog.cpp index 17b2203..af05081 100644 --- a/src/optiondialog.cpp +++ b/src/optiondialog.cpp @@ -1,2052 +1,2052 @@ /* * kdiff3 - Text Diff And Merge Tool * Copyright (C) 2002-2009 Joachim Eibl, joachim.eibl at gmx.de * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Steet, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. * */ #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include "diff.h" #include "optiondialog.h" #include "smalldialogs.h" #define KDIFF3_CONFIG_GROUP "KDiff3 Options" -static QString s_historyEntryStartRegExpToolTip; -static QString s_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrderToolTip; -static QString s_autoMergeRegExpToolTip; -static QString s_historyStartRegExpToolTip; +QString s_historyEntryStartRegExpToolTip; +QString s_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrderToolTip; +QString s_autoMergeRegExpToolTip; +QString s_historyStartRegExpToolTip; void OptionDialog::addOptionItem(OptionItem* p) { m_optionItemList.push_back(p); } class OptionItem { public: OptionItem(OptionDialog* pOptionDialog, const QString& saveName) { Q_ASSERT(pOptionDialog != nullptr); pOptionDialog->addOptionItem(this); m_saveName = saveName; m_bPreserved = false; } virtual ~OptionItem() {} virtual void setToDefault() = 0; virtual void setToCurrent() = 0; virtual void apply() = 0; virtual void write(ValueMap*) = 0; virtual void read(ValueMap*) = 0; void doPreserve() { if(!m_bPreserved) { m_bPreserved = true; preserve(); } } void doUnpreserve() { if(m_bPreserved) { unpreserve(); } } QString getSaveName() { return m_saveName; } protected: virtual void preserve() = 0; virtual void unpreserve() = 0; bool m_bPreserved; QString m_saveName; }; template class OptionItemT : public OptionItem { public: OptionItemT(OptionDialog* pOptionDialog, const QString& saveName) : OptionItem(pOptionDialog, saveName) { } protected: void preserve() override { m_preservedVal = *m_pVar; } void unpreserve() override { *m_pVar = m_preservedVal; } T* m_pVar; T m_preservedVal; T m_defaultVal; }; class OptionCheckBox : public QCheckBox, public OptionItemT { public: OptionCheckBox(QString text, bool bDefaultVal, const QString& saveName, bool* pbVar, QWidget* pParent, OptionDialog* pOD) : QCheckBox(text, pParent), OptionItemT(pOD, saveName) { m_pVar = pbVar; m_defaultVal = bDefaultVal; } void setToDefault() override { setChecked(m_defaultVal); } void setToCurrent() override { setChecked(*m_pVar); } void apply() override { *m_pVar = isChecked(); } void write(ValueMap* config) override { config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); } void read(ValueMap* config) override { *m_pVar = config->readBoolEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); } private: OptionCheckBox(const OptionCheckBox&); // private copy constructor without implementation }; class OptionRadioButton : public QRadioButton, public OptionItemT { public: OptionRadioButton(QString text, bool bDefaultVal, const QString& saveName, bool* pbVar, QWidget* pParent, OptionDialog* pOD) : QRadioButton(text, pParent), OptionItemT(pOD, saveName) { m_pVar = pbVar; m_defaultVal = bDefaultVal; } void setToDefault() override { setChecked(m_defaultVal); } void setToCurrent() override { setChecked(*m_pVar); } void apply() override { *m_pVar = isChecked(); } void write(ValueMap* config) override { config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); } void read(ValueMap* config) override { *m_pVar = config->readBoolEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); } private: OptionRadioButton(const OptionRadioButton&); // private copy constructor without implementation }; template class OptionT : public OptionItemT { public: OptionT(const T& defaultVal, const QString& saveName, T* pVar, OptionDialog* pOD) : OptionItemT(pOD, saveName) { this->m_pVar = pVar; *this->m_pVar = defaultVal; } OptionT(const QString& saveName, T* pVar, OptionDialog* pOD) : OptionItemT(pOD, saveName) { this->m_pVar = pVar; } void setToDefault() override {} void setToCurrent() override {} void apply() override {} void write(ValueMap* vm) override { writeEntry(vm, this->m_saveName, *this->m_pVar); } void read(ValueMap* vm) override { *this->m_pVar = vm->readEntry(this->m_saveName, *this->m_pVar); } private: OptionT(const OptionT&); // private copy constructor without implementation }; template void writeEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, const T& v) { vm->writeEntry(saveName, v); } static void writeEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, const QStringList& v) { vm->writeEntry(saveName, v); } //static void readEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, bool& v ) { v = vm->readBoolEntry( saveName, v ); } //static void readEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, int& v ) { v = vm->readNumEntry( saveName, v ); } //static void readEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, QSize& v ) { v = vm->readSizeEntry( saveName, &v ); } //static void readEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, QPoint& v ) { v = vm->readPointEntry( saveName, &v ); } //static void readEntry(ValueMap* vm, const QString& saveName, QStringList& v ){ v = vm->readListEntry( saveName, QStringList(), '|' ); } typedef OptionT OptionToggleAction; typedef OptionT OptionNum; typedef OptionT OptionPoint; typedef OptionT OptionSize; typedef OptionT OptionStringList; FontChooser::FontChooser(QWidget* pParent) : QGroupBox(pParent) { QVBoxLayout* pLayout = new QVBoxLayout(this); m_pLabel = new QLabel(QString(), this); pLayout->addWidget(m_pLabel); QChar visualTab(0x2192); QChar visualSpace((ushort)0xb7); m_pExampleTextEdit = new QPlainTextEdit(QString("The quick brown fox jumps over the river\n" "but the little red hen escapes with a shiver.\n" ":-)") + visualTab + visualSpace, this); m_pExampleTextEdit->setFont(m_font); m_pExampleTextEdit->setReadOnly(true); pLayout->addWidget(m_pExampleTextEdit); m_pSelectFont = new QPushButton(i18n("Change Font"), this); m_pSelectFont->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Fixed, QSizePolicy::Fixed); connect(m_pSelectFont, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(slotSelectFont())); pLayout->addWidget(m_pSelectFont); pLayout->setAlignment(m_pSelectFont, Qt::AlignRight); } QFont FontChooser::font() { return m_font; //QFont("courier",10); } void FontChooser::setFont(const QFont& font, bool) { m_font = font; m_pExampleTextEdit->setFont(m_font); m_pLabel->setText(i18n("Font: %1, %2, %3\n\nExample:", m_font.family(), m_font.styleName(), m_font.pointSize())); //update(); } void FontChooser::slotSelectFont() { bool bOk; m_font = QFontDialog::getFont(&bOk, m_font); m_pExampleTextEdit->setFont(m_font); m_pLabel->setText(i18n("Font: %1, %2, %3\n\nExample:", m_font.family(), m_font.styleName(), m_font.pointSize())); } class OptionFontChooser : public FontChooser, public OptionItemT { public: OptionFontChooser(const QFont& defaultVal, const QString& saveName, QFont* pVar, QWidget* pParent, OptionDialog* pOD) : FontChooser(pParent), OptionItemT(pOD, saveName) { m_pVar = pVar; *m_pVar = defaultVal; m_defaultVal = defaultVal; } void setToDefault() override { setFont(m_defaultVal, false); } void setToCurrent() override { setFont(*m_pVar, false); } void apply() override { *m_pVar = font(); } void write(ValueMap* config) override { config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); } void read(ValueMap* config) override { *m_pVar = config->readFontEntry(m_saveName, m_pVar); } private: OptionFontChooser(const OptionToggleAction&); // private copy constructor without implementation }; class OptionColorButton : public KColorButton, public OptionItemT { public: OptionColorButton(QColor defaultVal, const QString& saveName, QColor* pVar, QWidget* pParent, OptionDialog* pOD) : KColorButton(pParent), OptionItemT(pOD, saveName) { m_pVar = pVar; m_defaultVal = defaultVal; } void setToDefault() override { setColor(m_defaultVal); } void setToCurrent() override { setColor(*m_pVar); } void apply() override { *m_pVar = color(); } void write(ValueMap* config) override { config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); } void read(ValueMap* config) override { *m_pVar = config->readColorEntry(m_saveName, m_pVar); } private: OptionColorButton(const OptionColorButton&); // private copy constructor without implementation }; class OptionLineEdit : public QComboBox, public OptionItemT { public: OptionLineEdit(const QString& defaultVal, const QString& saveName, QString* pVar, QWidget* pParent, OptionDialog* pOD) : QComboBox(pParent), OptionItemT(pOD, saveName) { setMinimumWidth(50); setEditable(true); m_pVar = pVar; m_defaultVal = defaultVal; m_list.push_back(defaultVal); insertText(); } void setToDefault() override { setEditText(m_defaultVal); } void setToCurrent() override { setEditText(*m_pVar); } void apply() override { *m_pVar = currentText(); insertText(); } void write(ValueMap* config) override { config->writeEntry(m_saveName, m_list); } void read(ValueMap* config) override { m_list = config->readListEntry(m_saveName, QStringList(m_defaultVal)); if(!m_list.empty()) *m_pVar = m_list.front(); clear(); insertItems(0, m_list); } private: void insertText() { // Check if the text exists. If yes remove it and push it in as first element QString current = currentText(); m_list.removeAll(current); m_list.push_front(current); clear(); if(m_list.size() > 10) m_list.erase(m_list.begin() + 10, m_list.end()); insertItems(0, m_list); } OptionLineEdit(const OptionLineEdit&); // private copy constructor without implementation QStringList m_list; }; #if defined QT_NO_VALIDATOR #error No validator #endif class OptionIntEdit : public QLineEdit, public OptionItemT { public: OptionIntEdit(int defaultVal, const QString& saveName, int* pVar, int rangeMin, int rangeMax, QWidget* pParent, OptionDialog* pOD) : QLineEdit(pParent), OptionItemT(pOD, saveName) { m_pVar = pVar; m_defaultVal = defaultVal; QIntValidator* v = new QIntValidator(this); v->setRange(rangeMin, rangeMax); setValidator(v); } void setToDefault() override { QString s; s.setNum(m_defaultVal); setText(s); } void setToCurrent() override { QString s; s.setNum(*m_pVar); setText(s); } void apply() override { const QIntValidator* v = static_cast(validator()); *m_pVar = minMaxLimiter(text().toInt(), v->bottom(), v->top()); setText(QString::number(*m_pVar)); } void write(ValueMap* config) override { config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); } void read(ValueMap* config) override { *m_pVar = config->readNumEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVar); } private: OptionIntEdit(const OptionIntEdit&); // private copy constructor without implementation }; class OptionComboBox : public QComboBox, public OptionItem { public: OptionComboBox(int defaultVal, const QString& saveName, int* pVarNum, QWidget* pParent, OptionDialog* pOD) : QComboBox(pParent), OptionItem(pOD, saveName) { setMinimumWidth(50); m_pVarNum = pVarNum; m_pVarStr = nullptr; m_defaultVal = defaultVal; setEditable(false); } OptionComboBox(int defaultVal, const QString& saveName, QString* pVarStr, QWidget* pParent, OptionDialog* pOD) : QComboBox(pParent), OptionItem(pOD, saveName) { m_pVarNum = nullptr; m_pVarStr = pVarStr; m_defaultVal = defaultVal; setEditable(false); } void setToDefault() override { setCurrentIndex(m_defaultVal); if(m_pVarStr != nullptr) { *m_pVarStr = currentText(); } } void setToCurrent() override { if(m_pVarNum != nullptr) setCurrentIndex(*m_pVarNum); else setText(*m_pVarStr); } void apply() override { if(m_pVarNum != nullptr) { *m_pVarNum = currentIndex(); } else { *m_pVarStr = currentText(); } } void write(ValueMap* config) override { if(m_pVarStr != nullptr) config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVarStr); else config->writeEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVarNum); } void read(ValueMap* config) override { if(m_pVarStr != nullptr) setText(config->readEntry(m_saveName, currentText())); else *m_pVarNum = config->readNumEntry(m_saveName, *m_pVarNum); } void preserve() override { if(m_pVarStr != nullptr) { m_preservedStrVal = *m_pVarStr; } else { m_preservedNumVal = *m_pVarNum; } } void unpreserve() override { if(m_pVarStr != nullptr) { *m_pVarStr = m_preservedStrVal; } else { *m_pVarNum = m_preservedNumVal; } } private: OptionComboBox(const OptionIntEdit&); // private copy constructor without implementation int* m_pVarNum; int m_preservedNumVal = 0; QString* m_pVarStr; QString m_preservedStrVal; int m_defaultVal; void setText(const QString& s) { // Find the string in the combobox-list, don't change the value if nothing fits. for(int i = 0; i < count(); ++i) { if(itemText(i) == s) { if(m_pVarNum != nullptr) *m_pVarNum = i; if(m_pVarStr != nullptr) *m_pVarStr = s; setCurrentIndex(i); return; } } } }; class OptionEncodingComboBox : public QComboBox, public OptionItem { Q_OBJECT QVector m_codecVec; QTextCodec** m_ppVarCodec; public: OptionEncodingComboBox(const QString& saveName, QTextCodec** ppVarCodec, QWidget* pParent, OptionDialog* pOD) : QComboBox(pParent), OptionItem(pOD, saveName) { m_ppVarCodec = ppVarCodec; insertCodec(i18n("Unicode, 8 bit"), QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8")); insertCodec(i18n("Unicode"), QTextCodec::codecForName("iso-10646-UCS-2")); insertCodec(i18n("Latin1"), QTextCodec::codecForName("iso 8859-1")); // First sort codec names: std::map names; QList mibs = QTextCodec::availableMibs(); foreach(int i, mibs) { QTextCodec* c = QTextCodec::codecForMib(i); if(c != nullptr) names[QString(c->name()).toUpper()] = c; } std::map::iterator it; for(it = names.begin(); it != names.end(); ++it) { insertCodec("", it->second); } this->setToolTip(i18n( "Change this if non-ASCII characters are not displayed correctly.")); } void insertCodec(const QString& visibleCodecName, QTextCodec* c) { if(c != nullptr) { for(int i = 0; i < m_codecVec.size(); ++i) { if(c == m_codecVec[i]) return; // don't insert any codec twice } addItem(visibleCodecName.isEmpty() ? QString(c->name()) : visibleCodecName + " (" + c->name() + ")", (int)m_codecVec.size()); m_codecVec.push_back(c); } } void setToDefault() override { QString defaultName = QTextCodec::codecForLocale()->name(); for(int i = 0; i < count(); ++i) { if(defaultName == itemText(i) && m_codecVec[i] == QTextCodec::codecForLocale()) { setCurrentIndex(i); if(m_ppVarCodec != nullptr) { *m_ppVarCodec = m_codecVec[i]; } return; } } setCurrentIndex(0); if(m_ppVarCodec != nullptr) { *m_ppVarCodec = m_codecVec[0]; } } void setToCurrent() override { if(m_ppVarCodec != nullptr) { for(int i = 0; i < m_codecVec.size(); ++i) { if(*m_ppVarCodec == m_codecVec[i]) { setCurrentIndex(i); break; } } } } void apply() override { if(m_ppVarCodec != nullptr) { *m_ppVarCodec = m_codecVec[currentIndex()]; } } void write(ValueMap* config) override { if(m_ppVarCodec != nullptr) config->writeEntry(m_saveName, QString((*m_ppVarCodec)->name())); } void read(ValueMap* config) override { QString codecName = config->readEntry(m_saveName, QString(m_codecVec[currentIndex()]->name())); for(int i = 0; i < m_codecVec.size(); ++i) { if(codecName == m_codecVec[i]->name()) { setCurrentIndex(i); if(m_ppVarCodec != nullptr) *m_ppVarCodec = m_codecVec[i]; break; } } } protected: void preserve() override { m_preservedVal = currentIndex(); } void unpreserve() override { setCurrentIndex(m_preservedVal); } int m_preservedVal; }; OptionDialog::OptionDialog(bool bShowDirMergeSettings, QWidget* parent, char* name) : // KPageDialog( IconList, i18n("Configure"), Help|Default|Apply|Ok|Cancel, // Ok, parent, name, true /*modal*/, true ) KPageDialog(parent) { setFaceType(List); setWindowTitle(i18n("Configure")); setStandardButtons(QDialogButtonBox::Help | QDialogButtonBox::RestoreDefaults | QDialogButtonBox::Apply | QDialogButtonBox::Ok | QDialogButtonBox::Cancel); // TODO KF5 necessary? setDefaultButton( Ok ); setObjectName(name); setModal(true); //showButtonSeparator( true ); //setHelp( "kdiff3/index.html", QString::null ); setupFontPage(); setupColorPage(); setupEditPage(); setupDiffPage(); setupMergePage(); setupOtherOptions(); if(bShowDirMergeSettings) setupDirectoryMergePage(); setupRegionalPage(); setupIntegrationPage(); //setupKeysPage(); // Initialize all values in the dialog resetToDefaults(); slotApply(); connect(button(QDialogButtonBox::Apply), &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OptionDialog::slotApply); connect(button(QDialogButtonBox::Ok), &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OptionDialog::slotOk); connect(button(QDialogButtonBox::RestoreDefaults), &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OptionDialog::slotDefault); connect(button(QDialogButtonBox::Cancel), &QPushButton::clicked, this, &QDialog::reject); connect(button(QDialogButtonBox::Help), &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OptionDialog::helpRequested); //connect(this, &OptionDialog::applyClicked, this, &OptionDialog::slotApply); //helpClicked() is connected in KDiff3App::KDiff3App -- Really where? //connect(this, &OptionDialog::defaultClicked, this, &OptionDialog::slotDefault); } void OptionDialog::helpRequested() { KHelpClient::invokeHelp(QStringLiteral("kdiff3/index.html"), QString()); } OptionDialog::~OptionDialog(void) { } void OptionDialog::setupOtherOptions() { new OptionToggleAction(false, "AutoAdvance", &m_options.m_bAutoAdvance, this); new OptionToggleAction(true, "ShowWhiteSpaceCharacters", &m_options.m_bShowWhiteSpaceCharacters, this); new OptionToggleAction(true, "ShowWhiteSpace", &m_options.m_bShowWhiteSpace, this); new OptionToggleAction(false, "ShowLineNumbers", &m_options.m_bShowLineNumbers, this); new OptionToggleAction(true, "HorizDiffWindowSplitting", &m_options.m_bHorizDiffWindowSplitting, this); new OptionToggleAction(false, "WordWrap", &m_options.m_bWordWrap, this); new OptionToggleAction(true, "ShowIdenticalFiles", &m_options.m_bDmShowIdenticalFiles, this); new OptionToggleAction(true, "Show Toolbar", &m_options.m_bShowToolBar, this); new OptionToggleAction(true, "Show Statusbar", &m_options.m_bShowStatusBar, this); /* TODO manage toolbar positioning new OptionNum( (int)KToolBar::Top, "ToolBarPos", &m_toolBarPos, this ); */ new OptionSize(QSize(600, 400), "Geometry", &m_options.m_geometry, this); new OptionPoint(QPoint(0, 22), "Position", &m_options.m_position, this); new OptionToggleAction(false, "WindowStateMaximised", &m_options.m_bMaximised, this); new OptionStringList("RecentAFiles", &m_options.m_recentAFiles, this); new OptionStringList("RecentBFiles", &m_options.m_recentBFiles, this); new OptionStringList("RecentCFiles", &m_options.m_recentCFiles, this); new OptionStringList("RecentOutputFiles", &m_options.m_recentOutputFiles, this); new OptionStringList("RecentEncodings", &m_options.m_recentEncodings, this); } void OptionDialog::setupFontPage(void) { QFrame* page = new QFrame(); KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Font")); pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Editor & Diff Output Font")); //not all themes have this icon if(QIcon::hasThemeIcon(QStringLiteral("font-select-symbolic"))) pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("font-select-symbolic"))); else pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("preferences-desktop-font"))); addPage(pageItem); QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page); topLayout->setMargin(5); //requires QT 5.2 or later. static const QFont defaultFont = QFontDatabase::systemFont(QFontDatabase::FixedFont); ; static QFont defaultAppFont = QApplication::font(); OptionFontChooser* pAppFontChooser = new OptionFontChooser(defaultAppFont, "ApplicationFont", &m_options.m_appFont, page, this); topLayout->addWidget(pAppFontChooser); pAppFontChooser->setTitle(i18n("Application font")); OptionFontChooser* pFontChooser = new OptionFontChooser(defaultFont, "Font", &m_options.m_font, page, this); topLayout->addWidget(pFontChooser); pFontChooser->setTitle(i18n("File view font")); QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout(); topLayout->addLayout(gbox); //int line=0; // This currently does not work (see rendering in class DiffTextWindow) //OptionCheckBox* pItalicDeltas = new OptionCheckBox( i18n("Italic font for deltas"), false, "ItalicForDeltas", &m_options.m_bItalicForDeltas, page, this ); //gbox->addWidget( pItalicDeltas, line, 0, 1, 2 ); //pItalicDeltas->setToolTip( i18n( // "Selects the italic version of the font for differences.\n" // "If the font doesn't support italic characters, then this does nothing.") // ); } void OptionDialog::setupColorPage(void) { QFrame* page = new QFrame(); KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Color")); pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Colors Settings")); pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("colormanagement"))); addPage(pageItem); QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page); topLayout->setMargin(5); QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout(); gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 5); topLayout->addLayout(gbox); QLabel* label; int line = 0; int depth = QPixmap::defaultDepth(); bool bLowColor = depth <= 8; label = new QLabel(i18n("Editor and Diff Views:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); QFont f(label->font()); f.setBold(true); label->setFont(f); ++line; OptionColorButton* pFgColor = new OptionColorButton(Qt::black, "FgColor", &m_options.m_fgColor, page, this); label = new QLabel(i18n("Foreground color:"), page); label->setBuddy(pFgColor); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pFgColor, line, 1); ++line; OptionColorButton* pBgColor = new OptionColorButton(Qt::white, "BgColor", &m_options.m_bgColor, page, this); label = new QLabel(i18n("Background color:"), page); label->setBuddy(pBgColor); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pBgColor, line, 1); ++line; OptionColorButton* pDiffBgColor = new OptionColorButton( bLowColor ? QColor(Qt::lightGray) : qRgb(224, 224, 224), "DiffBgColor", &m_options.m_diffBgColor, page, this); label = new QLabel(i18n("Diff background color:"), page); label->setBuddy(pDiffBgColor); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pDiffBgColor, line, 1); ++line; OptionColorButton* pColorA = new OptionColorButton( bLowColor ? qRgb(0, 0, 255) : qRgb(0, 0, 200) /*blue*/, "ColorA", &m_options.m_colorA, page, this); label = new QLabel(i18n("Color A:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColorA); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColorA, line, 1); ++line; OptionColorButton* pColorB = new OptionColorButton( bLowColor ? qRgb(0, 128, 0) : qRgb(0, 150, 0) /*green*/, "ColorB", &m_options.m_colorB, page, this); label = new QLabel(i18n("Color B:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColorB); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColorB, line, 1); ++line; OptionColorButton* pColorC = new OptionColorButton( bLowColor ? qRgb(128, 0, 128) : qRgb(150, 0, 150) /*magenta*/, "ColorC", &m_options.m_colorC, page, this); label = new QLabel(i18n("Color C:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColorC); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColorC, line, 1); ++line; OptionColorButton* pColorForConflict = new OptionColorButton(Qt::red, "ColorForConflict", &m_options.m_colorForConflict, page, this); label = new QLabel(i18n("Conflict color:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColorForConflict); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColorForConflict, line, 1); ++line; OptionColorButton* pColor = new OptionColorButton( bLowColor ? qRgb(192, 192, 192) : qRgb(220, 220, 100), "CurrentRangeBgColor", &m_options.m_currentRangeBgColor, page, this); label = new QLabel(i18n("Current range background color:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColor); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1); ++line; pColor = new OptionColorButton( bLowColor ? qRgb(255, 255, 0) : qRgb(255, 255, 150), "CurrentRangeDiffBgColor", &m_options.m_currentRangeDiffBgColor, page, this); label = new QLabel(i18n("Current range diff background color:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColor); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1); ++line; pColor = new OptionColorButton(qRgb(0xff, 0xd0, 0x80), "ManualAlignmentRangeColor", &m_options.m_manualHelpRangeColor, page, this); label = new QLabel(i18n("Color for manually aligned difference ranges:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColor); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("Directory Comparison View:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); label->setFont(f); ++line; pColor = new OptionColorButton(qRgb(0, 0xd0, 0), "NewestFileColor", &m_options.m_newestFileColor, page, this); label = new QLabel(i18n("Newest file color:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColor); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1); QString dirColorTip = i18n("Changing this color will only be effective when starting the next directory comparison."); label->setToolTip(dirColorTip); ++line; pColor = new OptionColorButton(qRgb(0xf0, 0, 0), "OldestFileColor", &m_options.m_oldestFileColor, page, this); label = new QLabel(i18n("Oldest file color:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColor); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1); label->setToolTip(dirColorTip); ++line; pColor = new OptionColorButton(qRgb(0xc0, 0xc0, 0), "MidAgeFileColor", &m_options.m_midAgeFileColor, page, this); label = new QLabel(i18n("Middle age file color:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColor); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1); label->setToolTip(dirColorTip); ++line; pColor = new OptionColorButton(qRgb(0, 0, 0), "MissingFileColor", &m_options.m_missingFileColor, page, this); label = new QLabel(i18n("Color for missing files:"), page); label->setBuddy(pColor); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pColor, line, 1); label->setToolTip(dirColorTip); ++line; topLayout->addStretch(10); } void OptionDialog::setupEditPage(void) { QFrame* page = new QFrame(); KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Editor")); pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Editor Behavior")); pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("accessories-text-editor"))); addPage(pageItem); QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page); topLayout->setMargin(5); QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout(); gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 5); topLayout->addLayout(gbox); QLabel* label; int line = 0; OptionCheckBox* pReplaceTabs = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Tab inserts spaces"), false, "ReplaceTabs", &m_options.m_bReplaceTabs, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pReplaceTabs, line, 0, 1, 2); pReplaceTabs->setToolTip(i18n( "On: Pressing tab generates the appropriate number of spaces.\n" "Off: A tab character will be inserted.")); ++line; OptionIntEdit* pTabSize = new OptionIntEdit(8, "TabSize", &m_options.m_tabSize, 1, 100, page, this); label = new QLabel(i18n("Tab size:"), page); label->setBuddy(pTabSize); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pTabSize, line, 1); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pAutoIndentation = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto indentation"), true, "AutoIndentation", &m_options.m_bAutoIndentation, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pAutoIndentation, line, 0, 1, 2); pAutoIndentation->setToolTip(i18n( "On: The indentation of the previous line is used for a new line.\n")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pAutoCopySelection = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto copy selection"), false, "AutoCopySelection", &m_options.m_bAutoCopySelection, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pAutoCopySelection, line, 0, 1, 2); pAutoCopySelection->setToolTip(i18n( "On: Any selection is immediately written to the clipboard.\n" "Off: You must explicitely copy e.g. via Ctrl-C.")); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("Line end style:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionComboBox* pLineEndStyle = new OptionComboBox(eLineEndStyleAutoDetect, "LineEndStyle", &m_options.m_lineEndStyle, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pLineEndStyle, line, 1); pLineEndStyle->insertItem(eLineEndStyleUnix, "Unix"); pLineEndStyle->insertItem(eLineEndStyleDos, "Dos/Windows"); pLineEndStyle->insertItem(eLineEndStyleAutoDetect, "Autodetect"); label->setToolTip(i18n( "Sets the line endings for when an edited file is saved.\n" "DOS/Windows: CR+LF; UNIX: LF; with CR=0D, LF=0A")); ++line; topLayout->addStretch(10); } void OptionDialog::setupDiffPage(void) { QFrame* page = new QFrame(); KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Diff")); pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Diff Settings")); pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("text-x-patch"))); addPage(pageItem); QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page); topLayout->setMargin(5); QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout(); gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 5); topLayout->addLayout(gbox); int line = 0; QLabel* label = nullptr; m_options.m_bPreserveCarriageReturn = false; /* OptionCheckBox* pPreserveCarriageReturn = new OptionCheckBox( i18n("Preserve carriage return"), false, "PreserveCarriageReturn", &m_options.m_bPreserveCarriageReturn, page, this ); gbox->addWidget( pPreserveCarriageReturn, line, 0, 1, 2 ); pPreserveCarriageReturn->setToolTip( i18n( "Show carriage return characters '\\r' if they exist.\n" "Helps to compare files that were modified under different operating systems.") ); ++line; */ QString treatAsWhiteSpace = " (" + i18n("Treat as white space.") + ")"; OptionCheckBox* pIgnoreNumbers = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Ignore numbers") + treatAsWhiteSpace, false, "IgnoreNumbers", &m_options.m_bIgnoreNumbers, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pIgnoreNumbers, line, 0, 1, 2); pIgnoreNumbers->setToolTip(i18n( "Ignore number characters during line matching phase. (Similar to Ignore white space.)\n" "Might help to compare files with numeric data.")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pIgnoreComments = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Ignore C/C++ comments") + treatAsWhiteSpace, false, "IgnoreComments", &m_options.m_bIgnoreComments, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pIgnoreComments, line, 0, 1, 2); pIgnoreComments->setToolTip(i18n("Treat C/C++ comments like white space.")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pIgnoreCase = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Ignore case") + treatAsWhiteSpace, false, "IgnoreCase", &m_options.m_bIgnoreCase, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pIgnoreCase, line, 0, 1, 2); pIgnoreCase->setToolTip(i18n( "Treat case differences like white space changes. ('a'<=>'A')")); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("Preprocessor command:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionLineEdit* pLE = new OptionLineEdit("", "PreProcessorCmd", &m_options.m_PreProcessorCmd, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pLE, line, 1); label->setToolTip(i18n("User defined pre-processing. (See the docs for details.)")); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("Line-matching preprocessor command:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); pLE = new OptionLineEdit("", "LineMatchingPreProcessorCmd", &m_options.m_LineMatchingPreProcessorCmd, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pLE, line, 1); label->setToolTip(i18n("This pre-processor is only used during line matching.\n(See the docs for details.)")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pTryHard = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Try hard (slower)"), true, "TryHard", &m_options.m_bTryHard, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pTryHard, line, 0, 1, 2); pTryHard->setToolTip(i18n( "Enables the --minimal option for the external diff.\n" "The analysis of big files will be much slower.")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pDiff3AlignBC = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Align B and C for 3 input files"), false, "Diff3AlignBC", &m_options.m_bDiff3AlignBC, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pDiff3AlignBC, line, 0, 1, 2); pDiff3AlignBC->setToolTip(i18n( "Try to align B and C when comparing or merging three input files.\n" "Not recommended for merging because merge might get more complicated.\n" "(Default is off.)")); ++line; topLayout->addStretch(10); } void OptionDialog::setupMergePage(void) { QFrame* page = new QFrame(); KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Merge")); pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Merge Settings")); pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("merge"))); addPage(pageItem); QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page); topLayout->setMargin(5); QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout(); gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 5); topLayout->addLayout(gbox); int line = 0; QLabel* label = nullptr; label = new QLabel(i18n("Auto advance delay (ms):"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionIntEdit* pAutoAdvanceDelay = new OptionIntEdit(500, "AutoAdvanceDelay", &m_options.m_autoAdvanceDelay, 0, 2000, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pAutoAdvanceDelay, line, 1); label->setToolTip(i18n( "When in Auto-Advance mode the result of the current selection is shown \n" "for the specified time, before jumping to the next conflict. Range: 0-2000 ms")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pShowInfoDialogs = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Show info dialogs"), true, "ShowInfoDialogs", &m_options.m_bShowInfoDialogs, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pShowInfoDialogs, line, 0, 1, 2); pShowInfoDialogs->setToolTip(i18n("Show a dialog with information about the number of conflicts.")); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("White space 2-file merge default:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionComboBox* pWhiteSpace2FileMergeDefault = new OptionComboBox(0, "WhiteSpace2FileMergeDefault", &m_options.m_whiteSpace2FileMergeDefault, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pWhiteSpace2FileMergeDefault, line, 1); pWhiteSpace2FileMergeDefault->insertItem(0, i18n("Manual Choice")); pWhiteSpace2FileMergeDefault->insertItem(1, "A"); pWhiteSpace2FileMergeDefault->insertItem(2, "B"); label->setToolTip(i18n( "Allow the merge algorithm to automatically select an input for " "white-space-only changes.")); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("White space 3-file merge default:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionComboBox* pWhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault = new OptionComboBox(0, "WhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault", &m_options.m_whiteSpace3FileMergeDefault, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pWhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault, line, 1); pWhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault->insertItem(0, i18n("Manual Choice")); pWhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault->insertItem(1, "A"); pWhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault->insertItem(2, "B"); pWhiteSpace3FileMergeDefault->insertItem(3, "C"); label->setToolTip(i18n( "Allow the merge algorithm to automatically select an input for " "white-space-only changes.")); ++line; QGroupBox* pGroupBox = new QGroupBox(i18n("Automatic Merge Regular Expression")); gbox->addWidget(pGroupBox, line, 0, 1, 2); ++line; { QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout(pGroupBox); gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 10); int line = 0; label = new QLabel(i18n("Auto merge regular expression:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); m_pAutoMergeRegExpLineEdit = new OptionLineEdit(".*\\$(Version|Header|Date|Author).*\\$.*", "AutoMergeRegExp", &m_options.m_autoMergeRegExp, page, this); gbox->addWidget(m_pAutoMergeRegExpLineEdit, line, 1); s_autoMergeRegExpToolTip = i18n("Regular expression for lines where KDiff3 should automatically choose one source.\n" "When a line with a conflict matches the regular expression then\n" "- if available - C, otherwise B will be chosen."); label->setToolTip(s_autoMergeRegExpToolTip); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pAutoMergeRegExp = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Run regular expression auto merge on merge start"), false, "RunRegExpAutoMergeOnMergeStart", &m_options.m_bRunRegExpAutoMergeOnMergeStart, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pAutoMergeRegExp, line, 0, 1, 2); pAutoMergeRegExp->setToolTip(i18n("Run the merge for auto merge regular expressions\n" "immediately when a merge starts.\n")); ++line; } pGroupBox = new QGroupBox(i18n("Version Control History Merging")); gbox->addWidget(pGroupBox, line, 0, 1, 2); ++line; { QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout(pGroupBox); gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 10); int line = 0; label = new QLabel(i18n("History start regular expression:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); m_pHistoryStartRegExpLineEdit = new OptionLineEdit(".*\\$Log.*\\$.*", "HistoryStartRegExp", &m_options.m_historyStartRegExp, page, this); gbox->addWidget(m_pHistoryStartRegExpLineEdit, line, 1); s_historyStartRegExpToolTip = i18n("Regular expression for the start of the version control history entry.\n" "Usually this line contains the \"$Log$\" keyword.\n" "Default value: \".*\\$Log.*\\$.*\""); label->setToolTip(s_historyStartRegExpToolTip); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("History entry start regular expression:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); // Example line: "** \main\rolle_fsp_dev_008\1 17 Aug 2001 10:45:44 rolle" QString historyEntryStartDefault = "\\s*\\\\main\\\\(\\S+)\\s+" // Start with "\main\" "([0-9]+) " // day "(Jan|Feb|Mar|Apr|May|Jun|Jul|Aug|Sep|Oct|Nov|Dec) " //month "([0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) " // year "([0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9])\\s+(.*)"; // time, name m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpLineEdit = new OptionLineEdit(historyEntryStartDefault, "HistoryEntryStartRegExp", &m_options.m_historyEntryStartRegExp, page, this); gbox->addWidget(m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpLineEdit, line, 1); s_historyEntryStartRegExpToolTip = i18n("A version control history entry consists of several lines.\n" "Specify the regular expression to detect the first line (without the leading comment).\n" "Use parentheses to group the keys you want to use for sorting.\n" "If left empty, then KDiff3 assumes that empty lines separate history entries.\n" "See the documentation for details."); label->setToolTip(s_historyEntryStartRegExpToolTip); ++line; m_pHistoryMergeSorting = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("History merge sorting"), false, "HistoryMergeSorting", &m_options.m_bHistoryMergeSorting, page, this); gbox->addWidget(m_pHistoryMergeSorting, line, 0, 1, 2); m_pHistoryMergeSorting->setToolTip(i18n("Sort version control history by a key.")); ++line; //QString branch = newHistoryEntry.cap(1); //int day = newHistoryEntry.cap(2).toInt(); //int month = QString("Jan|Feb|Mar|Apr|May|Jun|Jul|Aug|Sep|Oct|Nov|Dec").find(newHistoryEntry.cap(3))/4 + 1; //int year = newHistoryEntry.cap(4).toInt(); //QString time = newHistoryEntry.cap(5); //QString name = newHistoryEntry.cap(6); QString defaultSortKeyOrder = "4,3,2,5,1,6"; //QDate(year,month,day).toString(Qt::ISODate) +" "+ time + " " + branch + " " + name; label = new QLabel(i18n("History entry start sort key order:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit = new OptionLineEdit(defaultSortKeyOrder, "HistoryEntryStartSortKeyOrder", &m_options.m_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrder, page, this); gbox->addWidget(m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit, line, 1); s_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrderToolTip = i18n("Each pair of parentheses used in the regular expression for the history start entry\n" "groups a key that can be used for sorting.\n" "Specify the list of keys (that are numbered in order of occurrence\n" "starting with 1) using ',' as separator (e.g. \"4,5,6,1,2,3,7\").\n" "If left empty, then no sorting will be done.\n" "See the documentation for details."); label->setToolTip(s_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrderToolTip); m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit->setEnabled(false); connect(m_pHistoryMergeSorting, &OptionCheckBox::toggled, m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit, &OptionLineEdit::setEnabled); ++line; m_pHistoryAutoMerge = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Merge version control history on merge start"), false, "RunHistoryAutoMergeOnMergeStart", &m_options.m_bRunHistoryAutoMergeOnMergeStart, page, this); gbox->addWidget(m_pHistoryAutoMerge, line, 0, 1, 2); m_pHistoryAutoMerge->setToolTip(i18n("Run version control history automerge on merge start.")); ++line; OptionIntEdit* pMaxNofHistoryEntries = new OptionIntEdit(-1, "MaxNofHistoryEntries", &m_options.m_maxNofHistoryEntries, -1, 1000, page, this); label = new QLabel(i18n("Max number of history entries:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); gbox->addWidget(pMaxNofHistoryEntries, line, 1); pMaxNofHistoryEntries->setToolTip(i18n("Cut off after specified number. Use -1 for infinite number of entries.")); ++line; } QPushButton* pButton = new QPushButton(i18n("Test your regular expressions"), page); gbox->addWidget(pButton, line, 0); connect(pButton, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OptionDialog::slotHistoryMergeRegExpTester); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("Irrelevant merge command:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionLineEdit* pLE = new OptionLineEdit("", "IrrelevantMergeCmd", &m_options.m_IrrelevantMergeCmd, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pLE, line, 1); label->setToolTip(i18n("If specified this script is run after automerge\n" "when no other relevant changes were detected.\n" "Called with the parameters: filename1 filename2 filename3")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pAutoSaveAndQuit = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto save and quit on merge without conflicts"), false, "AutoSaveAndQuitOnMergeWithoutConflicts", &m_options.m_bAutoSaveAndQuitOnMergeWithoutConflicts, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pAutoSaveAndQuit, line, 0, 1, 2); pAutoSaveAndQuit->setToolTip(i18n("If KDiff3 was started for a file-merge from the command line and all\n" "conflicts are solvable without user interaction then automatically save and quit.\n" "(Similar to command line option \"--auto\".)")); ++line; topLayout->addStretch(10); } void OptionDialog::setupDirectoryMergePage(void) { QFrame* page = new QFrame(); KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Directory")); pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Directory")); pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("inode-directory"))); addPage(pageItem); QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page); topLayout->setMargin(5); QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout(); gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 5); topLayout->addLayout(gbox); int line = 0; OptionCheckBox* pRecursiveDirs = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Recursive directories"), true, "RecursiveDirs", &m_options.m_bDmRecursiveDirs, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pRecursiveDirs, line, 0, 1, 2); pRecursiveDirs->setToolTip(i18n("Whether to analyze subdirectories or not.")); ++line; QLabel* label = new QLabel(i18n("File pattern(s):"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionLineEdit* pFilePattern = new OptionLineEdit("*", "FilePattern", &m_options.m_DmFilePattern, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pFilePattern, line, 1); label->setToolTip(i18n( "Pattern(s) of files to be analyzed. \n" "Wildcards: '*' and '?'\n" "Several Patterns can be specified by using the separator: ';'")); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("File-anti-pattern(s):"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionLineEdit* pFileAntiPattern = new OptionLineEdit("*.orig;*.o;*.obj;*.rej;*.bak", "FileAntiPattern", &m_options.m_DmFileAntiPattern, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pFileAntiPattern, line, 1); label->setToolTip(i18n( "Pattern(s) of files to be excluded from analysis. \n" "Wildcards: '*' and '?'\n" "Several Patterns can be specified by using the separator: ';'")); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("Dir-anti-pattern(s):"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionLineEdit* pDirAntiPattern = new OptionLineEdit("CVS;.deps;.svn;.hg;.git", "DirAntiPattern", &m_options.m_DmDirAntiPattern, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pDirAntiPattern, line, 1); label->setToolTip(i18n( "Pattern(s) of directories to be excluded from analysis. \n" "Wildcards: '*' and '?'\n" "Several Patterns can be specified by using the separator: ';'")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pUseCvsIgnore = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Use .cvsignore"), false, "UseCvsIgnore", &m_options.m_bDmUseCvsIgnore, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pUseCvsIgnore, line, 0, 1, 2); pUseCvsIgnore->setToolTip(i18n( "Extends the antipattern to anything that would be ignored by CVS.\n" "Via local \".cvsignore\" files this can be directory specific.")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pFindHidden = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Find hidden files and directories"), true, "FindHidden", &m_options.m_bDmFindHidden, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pFindHidden, line, 0, 1, 2); #if defined(Q_OS_WIN) pFindHidden->setToolTip(i18n("Finds files and directories with the hidden attribute.")); #else pFindHidden->setToolTip(i18n("Finds files and directories starting with '.'.")); #endif ++line; OptionCheckBox* pFollowFileLinks = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Follow file links"), false, "FollowFileLinks", &m_options.m_bDmFollowFileLinks, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pFollowFileLinks, line, 0, 1, 2); pFollowFileLinks->setToolTip(i18n( "On: Compare the file the link points to.\n" "Off: Compare the links.")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pFollowDirLinks = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Follow directory links"), false, "FollowDirLinks", &m_options.m_bDmFollowDirLinks, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pFollowDirLinks, line, 0, 1, 2); pFollowDirLinks->setToolTip(i18n( "On: Compare the directory the link points to.\n" "Off: Compare the links.")); ++line; //OptionCheckBox* pShowOnlyDeltas = new OptionCheckBox( i18n("List only deltas"),false,"ListOnlyDeltas", &m_options.m_bDmShowOnlyDeltas, page, this ); //gbox->addWidget( pShowOnlyDeltas, line, 0, 1, 2 ); //pShowOnlyDeltas->setToolTip( i18n( // "Files and directories without change will not appear in the list.")); //++line; #if defined(Q_OS_WIN) bool bCaseSensitiveFilenameComparison = false; #else bool bCaseSensitiveFilenameComparison = true; #endif OptionCheckBox* pCaseSensitiveFileNames = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Case sensitive filename comparison"), bCaseSensitiveFilenameComparison, "CaseSensitiveFilenameComparison", &m_options.m_bDmCaseSensitiveFilenameComparison, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pCaseSensitiveFileNames, line, 0, 1, 2); pCaseSensitiveFileNames->setToolTip(i18n( "The directory comparison will compare files or directories when their names match.\n" "Set this option if the case of the names must match. (Default for Windows is off, otherwise on.)")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pUnfoldSubdirs = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Unfold all subdirectories on load"), false, "UnfoldSubdirs", &m_options.m_bDmUnfoldSubdirs, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pUnfoldSubdirs, line, 0, 1, 2); pUnfoldSubdirs->setToolTip(i18n( "On: Unfold all subdirectories when starting a directory diff.\n" "Off: Leave subdirectories folded.")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pSkipDirStatus = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Skip directory status report"), false, "SkipDirStatus", &m_options.m_bDmSkipDirStatus, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pSkipDirStatus, line, 0, 1, 2); pSkipDirStatus->setToolTip(i18n( "On: Do not show the Directory Comparison Status.\n" "Off: Show the status dialog on start.")); ++line; QGroupBox* pBG = new QGroupBox(i18n("File Comparison Mode")); gbox->addWidget(pBG, line, 0, 1, 2); QVBoxLayout* pBGLayout = new QVBoxLayout(pBG); OptionRadioButton* pBinaryComparison = new OptionRadioButton(i18n("Binary comparison"), true, "BinaryComparison", &m_options.m_bDmBinaryComparison, pBG, this); pBinaryComparison->setToolTip(i18n("Binary comparison of each file. (Default)")); pBGLayout->addWidget(pBinaryComparison); OptionRadioButton* pFullAnalysis = new OptionRadioButton(i18n("Full analysis"), false, "FullAnalysis", &m_options.m_bDmFullAnalysis, pBG, this); pFullAnalysis->setToolTip(i18n("Do a full analysis and show statistics information in extra columns.\n" "(Slower than a binary comparison, much slower for binary files.)")); pBGLayout->addWidget(pFullAnalysis); OptionRadioButton* pTrustDate = new OptionRadioButton(i18n("Trust the size and modification date (unsafe)"), false, "TrustDate", &m_options.m_bDmTrustDate, pBG, this); pTrustDate->setToolTip(i18n("Assume that files are equal if the modification date and file length are equal.\n" "Files with equal contents but different modification dates will appear as different.\n" "Useful for big directories or slow networks.")); pBGLayout->addWidget(pTrustDate); OptionRadioButton* pTrustDateFallbackToBinary = new OptionRadioButton(i18n("Trust the size and date, but use binary comparison if date does not match (unsafe)"), false, "TrustDateFallbackToBinary", &m_options.m_bDmTrustDateFallbackToBinary, pBG, this); pTrustDateFallbackToBinary->setToolTip(i18n("Assume that files are equal if the modification date and file length are equal.\n" "If the dates are not equal but the sizes are, use binary comparison.\n" "Useful for big directories or slow networks.")); pBGLayout->addWidget(pTrustDateFallbackToBinary); OptionRadioButton* pTrustSize = new OptionRadioButton(i18n("Trust the size (unsafe)"), false, "TrustSize", &m_options.m_bDmTrustSize, pBG, this); pTrustSize->setToolTip(i18n("Assume that files are equal if their file lengths are equal.\n" "Useful for big directories or slow networks when the date is modified during download.")); pBGLayout->addWidget(pTrustSize); ++line; // Some two Dir-options: Affects only the default actions. OptionCheckBox* pSyncMode = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Synchronize directories"), false, "SyncMode", &m_options.m_bDmSyncMode, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pSyncMode, line, 0, 1, 2); pSyncMode->setToolTip(i18n( "Offers to store files in both directories so that\n" "both directories are the same afterwards.\n" "Works only when comparing two directories without specifying a destination.")); ++line; // Allow white-space only differences to be considered equal OptionCheckBox* pWhiteSpaceDiffsEqual = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("White space differences considered equal"), true, "WhiteSpaceEqual", &m_options.m_bDmWhiteSpaceEqual, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pWhiteSpaceDiffsEqual, line, 0, 1, 2); pWhiteSpaceDiffsEqual->setToolTip(i18n( "If files differ only by white space consider them equal.\n" "This is only active when full analysis is chosen.")); connect(pFullAnalysis, &OptionRadioButton::toggled, pWhiteSpaceDiffsEqual, &OptionCheckBox::setEnabled); pWhiteSpaceDiffsEqual->setEnabled(false); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pCopyNewer = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Copy newer instead of merging (unsafe)"), false, "CopyNewer", &m_options.m_bDmCopyNewer, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pCopyNewer, line, 0, 1, 2); pCopyNewer->setToolTip(i18n( "Don't look inside, just take the newer file.\n" "(Use this only if you know what you are doing!)\n" "Only effective when comparing two directories.")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pCreateBakFiles = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Backup files (.orig)"), true, "CreateBakFiles", &m_options.m_bDmCreateBakFiles, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pCreateBakFiles, line, 0, 1, 2); pCreateBakFiles->setToolTip(i18n( "If a file would be saved over an old file, then the old file\n" "will be renamed with a '.orig' extension instead of being deleted.")); ++line; topLayout->addStretch(10); } /* static void insertCodecs(OptionComboBox* p) { std::multimap m; // Using the multimap for case-insensitive sorting. int i; for(i=0;;++i) { QTextCodec* pCodec = QTextCodec::codecForIndex ( i ); if ( pCodec != 0 ) m.insert( std::make_pair( QString(pCodec->mimeName()).toUpper(), pCodec->mimeName()) ); else break; } p->insertItem( i18n("Auto"), 0 ); std::multimap::iterator mi; for(mi=m.begin(), i=0; mi!=m.end(); ++mi, ++i) p->insertItem(mi->second, i+1); } */ /* // UTF8-Codec that saves a BOM // UTF8-Codec that saves a BOM class Utf8BOMCodec : public QTextCodec { QTextCodec* m_pUtf8Codec; class PublicTextCodec : public QTextCodec { public: QString publicConvertToUnicode ( const char * p, int len, ConverterState* pState ) const { return convertToUnicode( p, len, pState ); } QByteArray publicConvertFromUnicode ( const QChar * input, int number, ConverterState * pState ) const { return convertFromUnicode( input, number, pState ); } }; public: Utf8BOMCodec() { m_pUtf8Codec = QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8"); } QByteArray name () const { return "UTF-8-BOM"; } int mibEnum () const { return 2123; } QByteArray convertFromUnicode ( const QChar * input, int number, ConverterState * pState ) const { QByteArray r; if ( pState && pState->state_data[2]==0) // state_data[2] not used by QUtf8::convertFromUnicode (see qutfcodec.cpp) { r += "\xEF\xBB\xBF"; pState->state_data[2]=1; pState->flags |= QTextCodec::IgnoreHeader; } r += ((PublicTextCodec*)m_pUtf8Codec)->publicConvertFromUnicode( input, number, pState ); return r; } QString convertToUnicode ( const char * p, int len, ConverterState* pState ) const { return ((PublicTextCodec*)m_pUtf8Codec)->publicConvertToUnicode( p, len, pState ); } }; */ void OptionDialog::setupRegionalPage(void) { /* TODO: What is this line supposed to do besides leak memmory? Intruduced as is in .91 no explaination new Utf8BOMCodec(); */ QFrame* page = new QFrame(); KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Regional Settings")); pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Regional Settings")); pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("preferences-desktop-locale"))); addPage(pageItem); QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page); topLayout->setMargin(5); QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout(); gbox->setColumnStretch(1, 5); topLayout->addLayout(gbox); int line = 0; QLabel* label; #ifdef KREPLACEMENTS_H static const char* countryMap[] = { "af Afrikaans", "ar Arabic", "az Azerbaijani", "be Belarusian", "bg Bulgarian", "bn Bengali", "bo Tibetan", "br Breton", "bs Bosnian", "ca Catalan", "ca@valencia Catalan (Valencian)", "cs Czech", "cy Welsh", "da Danish", "de German", "el Greek", "en_GB British English", "eo Esperanto", "es Spanish", "et Estonian", "eu Basque", "fa Farsi (Persian)", "fi Finnish", "fo Faroese", "fr French", "ga Irish Gaelic", "gl Galician", "gu Gujarati", "he Hebrew", "hi Hindi", "hne Chhattisgarhi", "hr Croatian", "hsb Upper Sorbian", "hu Hungarian", "id Indonesian", "is Icelandic", "it Italian", "ja Japanese", "ka Georgian", "ko Korean", "ku Kurdish", "lo Lao", "lt Lithuanian", "lv Latvian", "mi Maori", "mk Macedonian", "ml Malayalam" "mn Mongolian", "ms Malay", "mt Maltese", "nb Norwegian Bookmal", "nds Low Saxon", "nl Dutch", "nn Norwegian Nynorsk", "nso Northern Sotho", "oc Occitan", "pl Polish", "pt Portuguese", "pt_BR Brazilian Portuguese", "ro Romanian", "ru Russian", "rw Kinyarwanda", "se Northern Sami", "sk Slovak", "sl Slovenian", "sq Albanian", "sr Serbian", "sr@Latn Serbian", "ss Swati", "sv Swedish", "ta Tamil", "tg Tajik", "th Thai", "tr Turkish", "uk Ukrainian", "uz Uzbek", "ven Venda", "vi Vietnamese", "wa Walloon", "xh Xhosa", "zh_CN Chinese Simplified", "zh_TW Chinese Traditional", "zu Zulu"}; label = new QLabel(i18n("Language (restart required)"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionComboBox* pLanguage = new OptionComboBox(0, "Language", &m_options.m_language, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pLanguage, line, 1); pLanguage->addItem("Auto"); // Must not translate, won't work otherwise! pLanguage->addItem("en_orig"); #if !defined(Q_OS_WIN) && !defined(Q_OS_MAC) // Read directory: Find all kdiff3_*.qm-files and insert the found files here QDir localeDir("/usr/share/locale"); // See also kreplacements.cpp: getTranslationDir() QStringList dirList = localeDir.entryList(QDir::Dirs | QDir::NoDotAndDotDot, QDir::Name); for(int i = 0; i < dirList.size(); ++i) { QString languageId = dirList[i]; if(!QFile::exists("/usr/share/locale/" + languageId + "/LC_MESSAGES/kdiff3.qm")) continue; #else // Read directory: Find all kdiff3_*.qm-files and insert the found files here QDir localeDir(getTranslationDir(QString())); QStringList fileList = localeDir.entryList(QStringList("kdiff3_*.qm"), QDir::Files, QDir::Name); for(int i = 0; i < fileList.size(); ++i) { QString fileName = fileList[i]; // Skip the "kdiff3_" and omit the .qm QString languageId = fileName.mid(7, fileName.length() - 10); #endif unsigned int countryIdx = 0; for(countryIdx = 0; countryIdx < sizeof(countryMap) / sizeof(countryMap[0]); ++countryIdx) { QString fullName = countryMap[countryIdx]; if(QString(languageId + " ") == fullName.left(languageId.length() + 1)) { languageId += " (" + fullName.mid(languageId.length() + 1) + ")"; } } pLanguage->addItem(languageId); } label->setToolTip(i18n( "Choose the language of the GUI strings or \"Auto\".\n" "For a change of language to take place, quit and restart KDiff3.")); ++line; /* label = new QLabel( i18n("Codec for file contents"), page ); gbox->addWidget( label, line, 0 ); OptionComboBox* pFileCodec = new OptionComboBox( 0, "FileCodec", &m_options.m_fileCodec, page, this ); gbox->addWidget( pFileCodec, line, 1 ); insertCodecs( pFileCodec ); label->setToolTip( i18n( "Choose the codec that should be used for your input files\n" "or \"Auto\" if unsure." ) ); ++line; */ #endif m_pSameEncoding = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Use the same encoding for everything:"), true, "SameEncoding", &m_options.m_bSameEncoding, page, this); gbox->addWidget(m_pSameEncoding, line, 0, 1, 2); m_pSameEncoding->setToolTip(i18n( "Enable this allows to change all encodings by changing the first only.\n" "Disable this if different individual settings are needed.")); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("Note: Local Encoding is ") + "\"" + QTextCodec::codecForLocale()->name() + "\"", page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("File Encoding for A:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); m_pEncodingAComboBox = new OptionEncodingComboBox("EncodingForA", &m_options.m_pEncodingA, page, this); gbox->addWidget(m_pEncodingAComboBox, line, 1); QString autoDetectToolTip = i18n( "If enabled then Unicode (UTF-16 or UTF-8) encoding will be detected.\n" "If the file is not Unicode then the selected encoding will be used as fallback.\n" "(Unicode detection depends on the first bytes of a file.)"); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto Detect Unicode"), true, "AutoDetectUnicodeA", &m_options.m_bAutoDetectUnicodeA, page, this); gbox->addWidget(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA, line, 2); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA->setToolTip(autoDetectToolTip); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("File Encoding for B:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); m_pEncodingBComboBox = new OptionEncodingComboBox("EncodingForB", &m_options.m_pEncodingB, page, this); gbox->addWidget(m_pEncodingBComboBox, line, 1); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto Detect Unicode"), true, "AutoDetectUnicodeB", &m_options.m_bAutoDetectUnicodeB, page, this); gbox->addWidget(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB, line, 2); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB->setToolTip(autoDetectToolTip); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("File Encoding for C:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); m_pEncodingCComboBox = new OptionEncodingComboBox("EncodingForC", &m_options.m_pEncodingC, page, this); gbox->addWidget(m_pEncodingCComboBox, line, 1); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto Detect Unicode"), true, "AutoDetectUnicodeC", &m_options.m_bAutoDetectUnicodeC, page, this); gbox->addWidget(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC, line, 2); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC->setToolTip(autoDetectToolTip); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("File Encoding for Merge Output and Saving:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); m_pEncodingOutComboBox = new OptionEncodingComboBox("EncodingForOutput", &m_options.m_pEncodingOut, page, this); gbox->addWidget(m_pEncodingOutComboBox, line, 1); m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Auto Select"), true, "AutoSelectOutEncoding", &m_options.m_bAutoSelectOutEncoding, page, this); gbox->addWidget(m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding, line, 2); m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding->setToolTip(i18n( "If enabled then the encoding from the input files is used.\n" "In ambiguous cases a dialog will ask the user to choose the encoding for saving.")); ++line; label = new QLabel(i18n("File Encoding for Preprocessor Files:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); m_pEncodingPPComboBox = new OptionEncodingComboBox("EncodingForPP", &m_options.m_pEncodingPP, page, this); gbox->addWidget(m_pEncodingPPComboBox, line, 1); ++line; connect(m_pSameEncoding, &OptionCheckBox::toggled, this, &OptionDialog::slotEncodingChanged); connect(m_pEncodingAComboBox, static_cast(&OptionEncodingComboBox::activated), this, &OptionDialog::slotEncodingChanged); connect(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA, &OptionCheckBox::toggled, this, &OptionDialog::slotEncodingChanged); connect(m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding, &OptionCheckBox::toggled, this, &OptionDialog::slotEncodingChanged); OptionCheckBox* pRightToLeftLanguage = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Right To Left Language"), false, "RightToLeftLanguage", &m_options.m_bRightToLeftLanguage, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pRightToLeftLanguage, line, 0, 1, 2); pRightToLeftLanguage->setToolTip(i18n( "Some languages are read from right to left.\n" "This setting will change the viewer and editor accordingly.")); ++line; topLayout->addStretch(10); } // TODO: Integrate this properly in the build system. // Currently breaks compilation on Windows b/c of: // src\ccInstHelper.cpp(15): fatal error C1083: Cannot open include file: 'C:/Programme/NSIS/Contrib/ExDll/exdll.h': No such file or directory #define ENABLE_CC_INTEGRATION 0 #if ENABLE_CC_INTEGRATION #include "ccInstHelper.cpp" #endif void OptionDialog::setupIntegrationPage(void) { QFrame* page = new QFrame(); KPageWidgetItem* pageItem = new KPageWidgetItem(page, i18n("Integration")); pageItem->setHeader(i18n("Integration Settings")); pageItem->setIcon(QIcon::fromTheme(QStringLiteral("utilities-terminal"))); addPage(pageItem); QVBoxLayout* topLayout = new QVBoxLayout(page); topLayout->setMargin(5); QGridLayout* gbox = new QGridLayout(); gbox->setColumnStretch(2, 5); topLayout->addLayout(gbox); int line = 0; QLabel* label; label = new QLabel(i18n("Command line options to ignore:"), page); gbox->addWidget(label, line, 0); OptionLineEdit* pIgnorableCmdLineOptions = new OptionLineEdit("-u;-query;-html;-abort", "IgnorableCmdLineOptions", &m_options.m_ignorableCmdLineOptions, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pIgnorableCmdLineOptions, line, 1, 1, 2); label->setToolTip(i18n( "List of command line options that should be ignored when KDiff3 is used by other tools.\n" "Several values can be specified if separated via ';'\n" "This will suppress the \"Unknown option\" error.")); ++line; OptionCheckBox* pEscapeKeyQuits = new OptionCheckBox(i18n("Quit also via Escape key"), false, "EscapeKeyQuits", &m_options.m_bEscapeKeyQuits, page, this); gbox->addWidget(pEscapeKeyQuits, line, 0, 1, 2); pEscapeKeyQuits->setToolTip(i18n( "Fast method to exit.\n" "For those who are used to using the Escape key.")); ++line; #if ENABLE_CC_INTEGRATION QPushButton* pIntegrateWithClearCase = new QPushButton(i18n("Integrate with ClearCase"), page); gbox->addWidget(pIntegrateWithClearCase, line, 0); pIntegrateWithClearCase->setToolTip(i18n( "Integrate with Rational ClearCase from IBM.\n" "Modifies the \"map\" file in ClearCase subdir \"lib/mgrs\"\n" "(Only enabled when ClearCase \"bin\" directory is in the path.)")); connect(pIntegrateWithClearCase, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OptionDialog::slotIntegrateWithClearCase); pIntegrateWithClearCase->setEnabled(integrateWithClearCase("existsClearCase", "") != 0); QPushButton* pRemoveClearCaseIntegration = new QPushButton(i18n("Remove ClearCase Integration"), page); gbox->addWidget(pRemoveClearCaseIntegration, line, 1); pRemoveClearCaseIntegration->setToolTip(i18n( "Restore the old \"map\" file from before doing the ClearCase integration.")); connect(pRemoveClearCaseIntegration, &QPushButton::clicked, this, &OptionDialog::slotRemoveClearCaseIntegration); pRemoveClearCaseIntegration->setEnabled(integrateWithClearCase("existsClearCase", "") != 0); ++line; #endif topLayout->addStretch(10); } void OptionDialog::slotIntegrateWithClearCase() { #if ENABLE_CC_INTEGRATION char kdiff3CommandPath[1000]; GetModuleFileNameA(0, kdiff3CommandPath, sizeof(kdiff3CommandPath) - 1); integrateWithClearCase("install", kdiff3CommandPath); #endif } void OptionDialog::slotRemoveClearCaseIntegration() { #if ENABLE_CC_INTEGRATION char kdiff3CommandPath[1000]; GetModuleFileNameA(0, kdiff3CommandPath, sizeof(kdiff3CommandPath) - 1); integrateWithClearCase("uninstall", kdiff3CommandPath); #endif } void OptionDialog::slotEncodingChanged() { if(m_pSameEncoding->isChecked()) { m_pEncodingBComboBox->setEnabled(false); m_pEncodingBComboBox->setCurrentIndex(m_pEncodingAComboBox->currentIndex()); m_pEncodingCComboBox->setEnabled(false); m_pEncodingCComboBox->setCurrentIndex(m_pEncodingAComboBox->currentIndex()); m_pEncodingOutComboBox->setEnabled(false); m_pEncodingOutComboBox->setCurrentIndex(m_pEncodingAComboBox->currentIndex()); m_pEncodingPPComboBox->setEnabled(false); m_pEncodingPPComboBox->setCurrentIndex(m_pEncodingAComboBox->currentIndex()); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB->setEnabled(false); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB->setCheckState(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA->checkState()); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC->setEnabled(false); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC->setCheckState(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA->checkState()); m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding->setEnabled(false); m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding->setCheckState(m_pAutoDetectUnicodeA->checkState()); } else { m_pEncodingBComboBox->setEnabled(true); m_pEncodingCComboBox->setEnabled(true); m_pEncodingOutComboBox->setEnabled(true); m_pEncodingPPComboBox->setEnabled(true); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeB->setEnabled(true); m_pAutoDetectUnicodeC->setEnabled(true); m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding->setEnabled(true); m_pEncodingOutComboBox->setEnabled(m_pAutoSelectOutEncoding->checkState() == Qt::Unchecked); } } void OptionDialog::setupKeysPage(void) { //QVBox *page = addVBoxPage( i18n("Keys"), i18n("KeyDialog" ), // BarIcon("fonts", KIconLoader::SizeMedium ) ); //QVBoxLayout *topLayout = new QVBoxLayout( page, 0, spacingHint() ); // new KFontChooser( page,"font",false/*onlyFixed*/,QStringList(),false,6 ); //m_pKeyDialog=new KKeyDialog( false, 0 ); //topLayout->addWidget( m_pKeyDialog ); } void OptionDialog::slotOk(void) { slotApply(); accept(); } /** Copy the values from the widgets to the public variables.*/ void OptionDialog::slotApply(void) { std::list::iterator i; for(i = m_optionItemList.begin(); i != m_optionItemList.end(); ++i) { (*i)->apply(); } emit applyDone(); #ifdef Q_OS_WIN QString locale = m_options.m_language; if(locale == "Auto" || locale.isEmpty()) locale = QLocale::system().name().left(2); int spacePos = locale.indexOf(' '); if(spacePos > 0) locale = locale.left(spacePos); QSettings settings("HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\KDiff3\\diff-ext", QSettings::NativeFormat); settings.setValue("Language", locale); #endif } /** Set the default values in the widgets only, while the public variables remain unchanged. */ void OptionDialog::slotDefault() { int result = KMessageBox::warningContinueCancel(this, i18n("This resets all options. Not only those of the current topic.")); if(result == KMessageBox::Cancel) return; else resetToDefaults(); } void OptionDialog::resetToDefaults() { std::list::iterator i; for(i = m_optionItemList.begin(); i != m_optionItemList.end(); ++i) { (*i)->setToDefault(); } slotEncodingChanged(); } /** Initialise the widgets using the values in the public varibles. */ void OptionDialog::setState() { std::list::iterator i; for(i = m_optionItemList.begin(); i != m_optionItemList.end(); ++i) { (*i)->setToCurrent(); } slotEncodingChanged(); } class ConfigValueMap : public ValueMap { private: KConfigGroup m_config; public: explicit ConfigValueMap(const KConfigGroup& config) : m_config(config) {} void writeEntry(const QString& s, const QFont& v) override { m_config.writeEntry(s, v); } void writeEntry(const QString& s, const QColor& v) override { m_config.writeEntry(s, v); } void writeEntry(const QString& s, const QSize& v) override { m_config.writeEntry(s, v); } void writeEntry(const QString& s, const QPoint& v) override { m_config.writeEntry(s, v); } void writeEntry(const QString& s, int v) override { m_config.writeEntry(s, v); } void writeEntry(const QString& s, bool v) override { m_config.writeEntry(s, v); } void writeEntry(const QString& s, const QString& v) override { m_config.writeEntry(s, v); } void writeEntry(const QString& s, const char* v) override { m_config.writeEntry(s, v); } QFont readFontEntry(const QString& s, const QFont* defaultVal) override { return m_config.readEntry(s, *defaultVal); } QColor readColorEntry(const QString& s, const QColor* defaultVal) override { return m_config.readEntry(s, *defaultVal); } QSize readSizeEntry(const QString& s, const QSize* defaultVal) override { return m_config.readEntry(s, *defaultVal); } QPoint readPointEntry(const QString& s, const QPoint* defaultVal) override { return m_config.readEntry(s, *defaultVal); } bool readBoolEntry(const QString& s, bool defaultVal) override { return m_config.readEntry(s, defaultVal); } int readNumEntry(const QString& s, int defaultVal) override { return m_config.readEntry(s, defaultVal); } QString readStringEntry(const QString& s, const QString& defaultVal) override { return m_config.readEntry(s, defaultVal); } void writeEntry(const QString& s, const QStringList& v) override { m_config.writeEntry(s, v); } QStringList readListEntry(const QString& s, const QStringList& def) override { return m_config.readEntry(s, def); } }; void OptionDialog::saveOptions(KSharedConfigPtr config) { // No i18n()-Translations here! ConfigValueMap cvm(config->group(KDIFF3_CONFIG_GROUP)); std::list::iterator i; for(i = m_optionItemList.begin(); i != m_optionItemList.end(); ++i) { (*i)->doUnpreserve(); (*i)->write(&cvm); } } void OptionDialog::readOptions(KSharedConfigPtr config) { // No i18n()-Translations here! ConfigValueMap cvm(config->group(KDIFF3_CONFIG_GROUP)); std::list::iterator i; for(i = m_optionItemList.begin(); i != m_optionItemList.end(); ++i) { (*i)->read(&cvm); } setState(); } QString OptionDialog::parseOptions(const QStringList& optionList) { QString result; QStringList::const_iterator i; for(i = optionList.begin(); i != optionList.end(); ++i) { QString s = *i; int pos = s.indexOf('='); if(pos > 0) // seems not to have a tag { QString key = s.left(pos); QString val = s.mid(pos + 1); std::list::iterator j; bool bFound = false; for(j = m_optionItemList.begin(); j != m_optionItemList.end(); ++j) { if((*j)->getSaveName() == key) { (*j)->doPreserve(); ValueMap config; config.writeEntry(key, val); // Write the value as a string and (*j)->read(&config); // use the internal conversion from string to the needed value. bFound = true; break; } } if(!bFound) { result += "No config item named \"" + key + "\"\n"; } } else { result += "No '=' found in \"" + s + "\"\n"; } } return result; } QString OptionDialog::calcOptionHelp() { ValueMap config; std::list::iterator j; for(j = m_optionItemList.begin(); j != m_optionItemList.end(); ++j) { (*j)->write(&config); } return config.getAsString(); } void OptionDialog::slotHistoryMergeRegExpTester() { RegExpTester dlg(this, s_autoMergeRegExpToolTip, s_historyStartRegExpToolTip, s_historyEntryStartRegExpToolTip, s_historyEntryStartSortKeyOrderToolTip); dlg.init(m_pAutoMergeRegExpLineEdit->currentText(), m_pHistoryStartRegExpLineEdit->currentText(), m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpLineEdit->currentText(), m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit->currentText()); if(dlg.exec()) { m_pAutoMergeRegExpLineEdit->setEditText(dlg.autoMergeRegExp()); m_pHistoryStartRegExpLineEdit->setEditText(dlg.historyStartRegExp()); m_pHistoryEntryStartRegExpLineEdit->setEditText(dlg.historyEntryStartRegExp()); m_pHistorySortKeyOrderLineEdit->setEditText(dlg.historySortKeyOrder()); } } #include "optiondialog.moc"